qzdoom/src/scripting/codegeneration/codegen.cpp

10750 lines
282 KiB
C++
Raw Normal View History

2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
/*
** codegen.cpp
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
**
** Compiler backend / code generation for ZScript and DECORATE
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
**
**---------------------------------------------------------------------------
** Copyright 2008-2016 Christoph Oelckers
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
** All rights reserved.
**
** Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
** modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
** are met:
**
** 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
** notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
** 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
** notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
** documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
** 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
** derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
** 4. When not used as part of ZDoom or a ZDoom derivative, this code will be
** covered by the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
** the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
** your option) any later version.
**
** THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
** IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
** OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
** INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
** NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
** DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
** THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
** (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
** THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
**---------------------------------------------------------------------------
**
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "actor.h"
#include "sc_man.h"
#include "tarray.h"
#include "templates.h"
#include "cmdlib.h"
#include "i_system.h"
#include "m_random.h"
#include "a_pickups.h"
#include "thingdef.h"
#include "p_lnspec.h"
#include "doomstat.h"
#include "codegen.h"
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
#include "m_fixed.h"
#include "vmbuilder.h"
#include "v_text.h"
#include "w_wad.h"
#include "math/cmath.h"
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
extern FRandom pr_exrandom;
FMemArena FxAlloc(65536);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
struct FLOP
{
ENamedName Name;
int Flop;
double (*Evaluate)(double);
};
// Decorate operates on degrees, so the evaluate functions need to convert
// degrees to radians for those that work with angles.
static const FLOP FxFlops[] =
{
{ NAME_Exp, FLOP_EXP, [](double v) { return g_exp(v); } },
{ NAME_Log, FLOP_LOG, [](double v) { return g_log(v); } },
{ NAME_Log10, FLOP_LOG10, [](double v) { return g_log10(v); } },
{ NAME_Sqrt, FLOP_SQRT, [](double v) { return g_sqrt(v); } },
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{ NAME_Ceil, FLOP_CEIL, [](double v) { return ceil(v); } },
{ NAME_Floor, FLOP_FLOOR, [](double v) { return floor(v); } },
{ NAME_ACos, FLOP_ACOS_DEG, [](double v) { return g_acos(v) * (180.0 / M_PI); } },
{ NAME_ASin, FLOP_ASIN_DEG, [](double v) { return g_asin(v) * (180.0 / M_PI); } },
{ NAME_ATan, FLOP_ATAN_DEG, [](double v) { return g_atan(v) * (180.0 / M_PI); } },
{ NAME_Cos, FLOP_COS_DEG, [](double v) { return g_cosdeg(v); } },
{ NAME_Sin, FLOP_SIN_DEG, [](double v) { return g_sindeg(v); } },
{ NAME_Tan, FLOP_TAN_DEG, [](double v) { return g_tan(v * (M_PI / 180.0)); } },
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{ NAME_CosH, FLOP_COSH, [](double v) { return g_cosh(v); } },
{ NAME_SinH, FLOP_SINH, [](double v) { return g_sinh(v); } },
{ NAME_TanH, FLOP_TANH, [](double v) { return g_tanh(v); } },
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
};
//==========================================================================
//
// FCompileContext
//
//==========================================================================
FCompileContext::FCompileContext(PNamespace *cg, PFunction *fnc, PPrototype *ret, bool fromdecorate, int stateindex, int statecount, int lump)
: ReturnProto(ret), Function(fnc), Class(nullptr), FromDecorate(fromdecorate), StateIndex(stateindex), StateCount(statecount), Lump(lump), CurGlobals(cg)
{
if (fnc != nullptr) Class = fnc->OwningClass;
}
FCompileContext::FCompileContext(PNamespace *cg, PStruct *cls, bool fromdecorate)
: ReturnProto(nullptr), Function(nullptr), Class(cls), FromDecorate(fromdecorate), StateIndex(-1), StateCount(0), Lump(-1), CurGlobals(cg)
{
}
PSymbol *FCompileContext::FindInClass(FName identifier, PSymbolTable *&symt)
{
return Class != nullptr? Class->Symbols.FindSymbolInTable(identifier, symt) : nullptr;
}
PSymbol *FCompileContext::FindInSelfClass(FName identifier, PSymbolTable *&symt)
{
// If we have no self we cannot retrieve any values from it.
if (Function == nullptr || Function->Variants[0].SelfClass == nullptr) return nullptr;
return Function->Variants[0].SelfClass->Symbols.FindSymbolInTable(identifier, symt);
}
PSymbol *FCompileContext::FindGlobal(FName identifier)
{
return CurGlobals->Symbols.FindSymbol(identifier, true);
}
void FCompileContext::CheckReturn(PPrototype *proto, FScriptPosition &pos)
{
assert(proto != nullptr);
bool fail = false;
if (ReturnProto == nullptr)
{
ReturnProto = proto;
return;
}
// A prototype that defines fewer return types can be compatible with
// one that defines more if the shorter one matches the initial types
// for the longer one.
if (ReturnProto->ReturnTypes.Size() < proto->ReturnTypes.Size())
{ // Make proto the shorter one to avoid code duplication below.
swapvalues(proto, ReturnProto);
}
// If one prototype returns nothing, they both must.
if (proto->ReturnTypes.Size() == 0)
{
if (ReturnProto->ReturnTypes.Size() != 0)
{
fail = true;
}
}
else
{
for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto->ReturnTypes.Size(); i++)
{
if (ReturnProto->ReturnTypes[i] != proto->ReturnTypes[i])
{ // Incompatible
fail = true;
break;
}
}
}
if (fail)
{
pos.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Return type mismatch");
}
}
bool FCompileContext::CheckReadOnly(int flags)
{
if (!(flags & VARF_ReadOnly)) return false;
if (!(flags & VARF_InternalAccess)) return true;
return Wads.GetLumpFile(Lump) != 0;
}
FxLocalVariableDeclaration *FCompileContext::FindLocalVariable(FName name)
{
if (Block == nullptr)
{
return nullptr;
}
else
{
return Block->FindLocalVariable(name, *this);
}
}
static PStruct *FindStructType(FName name, FCompileContext &ctx)
{
auto sym = ctx.Class->Symbols.FindSymbol(name, true);
if (sym == nullptr) sym = ctx.CurGlobals->Symbols.FindSymbol(name, true);
if (sym && sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolType)))
{
auto type = static_cast<PSymbolType*>(sym);
return dyn_cast<PStruct>(type->Type);
}
return nullptr;
}
// This is for resolving class identifiers which need to be context aware, unlike class names.
static PClass *FindClassType(FName name, FCompileContext &ctx)
{
auto sym = ctx.CurGlobals->Symbols.FindSymbol(name, true);
if (sym && sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolType)))
{
auto type = static_cast<PSymbolType*>(sym);
return dyn_cast<PClass>(type->Type);
}
return nullptr;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// ExpEmit
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit::ExpEmit(VMFunctionBuilder *build, int type, int count)
: RegNum(build->Registers[type].Get(count)), RegType(type), RegCount(count), Konst(false), Fixed(false), Final(false), Target(false)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
}
void ExpEmit::Free(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
if (!Fixed && !Konst && RegType <= REGT_TYPE)
{
build->Registers[RegType].Return(RegNum, RegCount);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
void ExpEmit::Reuse(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
if (!Fixed && !Konst)
{
assert(RegCount == 1);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
bool success = build->Registers[RegType].Reuse(RegNum);
assert(success && "Attempt to reuse a register that is already in use");
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FindBuiltinFunction
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//
// Returns the symbol for a decorate utility function. If not found, create
// it and install it a local symbol table.
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//
//==========================================================================
static PSymbol *FindBuiltinFunction(FName funcname, VMNativeFunction::NativeCallType func)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
PSymbol *sym = Namespaces.GlobalNamespace->Symbols.FindSymbol(funcname, false);
if (sym == nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
PSymbolVMFunction *symfunc = new PSymbolVMFunction(funcname);
VMNativeFunction *calldec = new VMNativeFunction(func, funcname);
calldec->PrintableName = funcname.GetChars();
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
symfunc->Function = calldec;
sym = symfunc;
Namespaces.GlobalNamespace->Symbols.AddSymbol(sym);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
return sym;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
static bool AreCompatiblePointerTypes(PType *dest, PType *source, bool forcompare = false)
{
if (dest->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer)) && source->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer)))
{
auto fromtype = static_cast<PPointer *>(source);
auto totype = static_cast<PPointer *>(dest);
// null pointers can be assigned to everything, everything can be assigned to void pointers.
if (fromtype == nullptr || totype == TypeVoidPtr) return true;
// when comparing const-ness does not matter.
if (!forcompare && totype->IsConst != fromtype->IsConst) return false;
// A type is always compatible to itself.
if (fromtype == totype) return true;
// Pointers to different types are only compatible if both point to an object and the source type is a child of the destination type.
if (fromtype->PointedType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClass)) && totype->PointedType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClass)))
{
auto fromcls = static_cast<PClass *>(fromtype->PointedType);
auto tocls = static_cast<PClass *>(totype->PointedType);
if (forcompare && tocls->IsDescendantOf(fromcls)) return true;
return (fromcls->IsDescendantOf(tocls));
}
}
return false;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ExpEmit FxExpression::Emit (VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unemitted expression found");
return ExpEmit();
}
//==========================================================================
//
// Emits a statement and records its position in the source.
//
//==========================================================================
void FxExpression::EmitStatement(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
build->BeginStatement(this);
ExpEmit exp = Emit(build);
exp.Free(build);
build->EndStatement();
}
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
void FxExpression::EmitCompare(VMFunctionBuilder *build, bool invert, TArray<size_t> &patchspots_yes, TArray<size_t> &patchspots_no)
{
ExpEmit op = Emit(build);
ExpEmit i;
assert(op.RegType != REGT_NIL && op.RegCount == 1 && !op.Konst);
switch (op.RegType)
{
case REGT_INT:
build->Emit(OP_EQ_K, !invert, op.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(0));
break;
case REGT_FLOAT:
build->Emit(OP_EQF_K, !invert, op.RegNum, build->GetConstantFloat(0));
break;
case REGT_POINTER:
build->Emit(OP_EQA_K, !invert, op.RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress(0, ATAG_GENERIC));
break;
case REGT_STRING:
i = ExpEmit(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_LENS, i.RegNum, op.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_EQ_K, !invert, i.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(0));
i.Free(build);
break;
default:
break;
}
patchspots_no.Push(build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0));
op.Free(build);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
bool FxExpression::isConstant() const
{
return false;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
VMFunction *FxExpression::GetDirectFunction()
{
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxExpression::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
isresolved = true;
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// Returns true if we can write to the address.
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//
//==========================================================================
bool FxExpression::RequestAddress(FCompileContext &ctx, bool *writable)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (writable != nullptr) *writable = false;
return false;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
// Called by return statements.
//
//==========================================================================
PPrototype *FxExpression::ReturnProto()
{
assert(ValueType != nullptr);
TArray<PType *> ret(0);
TArray<PType *> none(0);
if (ValueType != TypeVoid)
{
ret.Push(ValueType);
}
return NewPrototype(ret, none);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
static int EncodeRegType(ExpEmit reg)
{
int regtype = reg.RegType;
if (reg.Fixed && reg.Target)
{
regtype |= REGT_ADDROF;
}
if (reg.Konst)
{
regtype |= REGT_KONST;
}
else if (reg.RegCount == 2)
{
regtype |= REGT_MULTIREG2;
}
else if (reg.RegCount == 3)
{
regtype |= REGT_MULTIREG3;
}
return regtype;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
static int EmitParameter(VMFunctionBuilder *build, FxExpression *operand, const FScriptPosition &pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ExpEmit where = operand->Emit(build);
if (where.RegType == REGT_NIL)
{
pos.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Attempted to pass a non-value");
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, where.RegType, where.RegNum);
return 1;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, EncodeRegType(where), where.RegNum);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
where.Free(build);
return where.RegCount;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxConstant::MakeConstant(PSymbol *sym, const FScriptPosition &pos)
{
FxExpression *x;
PSymbolConstNumeric *csym = dyn_cast<PSymbolConstNumeric>(sym);
if (csym != nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (csym->ValueType->IsA(RUNTIME_CLASS(PInt)))
{
x = new FxConstant(csym->Value, pos);
}
else if (csym->ValueType->IsA(RUNTIME_CLASS(PFloat)))
{
x = new FxConstant(csym->Float, pos);
}
else
{
pos.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Invalid constant '%s'\n", csym->SymbolName.GetChars());
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
else
{
PSymbolConstString *csym = dyn_cast<PSymbolConstString>(sym);
if (csym != nullptr)
{
x = new FxConstant(csym->Str, pos);
}
else
{
pos.Message(MSG_ERROR, "'%s' is not a constant\n", sym->SymbolName.GetChars());
x = nullptr;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
return x;
}
ExpEmit FxConstant::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit out;
out.Konst = true;
int regtype = value.Type->GetRegType();
out.RegType = regtype;
if (regtype == REGT_INT)
{
out.RegNum = build->GetConstantInt(value.Int);
}
else if (regtype == REGT_FLOAT)
{
out.RegNum = build->GetConstantFloat(value.Float);
}
else if (regtype == REGT_POINTER)
{
VM_ATAG tag = ATAG_GENERIC;
if (value.Type == TypeState)
{
tag = ATAG_STATE;
}
else if (value.Type->GetLoadOp() == OP_LO)
{
tag = ATAG_OBJECT;
}
out.RegNum = build->GetConstantAddress(value.pointer, tag);
}
else if (regtype == REGT_STRING)
{
out.RegNum = build->GetConstantString(value.GetString());
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot emit needed constant");
out.RegNum = 0;
}
return out;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxVectorValue::FxVectorValue(FxExpression *x, FxExpression *y, FxExpression *z, const FScriptPosition &sc)
:FxExpression(EFX_VectorValue, sc)
{
xyz[0] = x;
xyz[1] = y;
xyz[2] = z;
isConst = false;
ValueType = TypeVoid; // we do not know yet
}
FxVectorValue::~FxVectorValue()
{
for (auto &a : xyz)
{
SAFE_DELETE(a);
}
}
FxExpression *FxVectorValue::Resolve(FCompileContext&ctx)
{
bool fails = false;
for (auto &a : xyz)
{
if (a != nullptr)
{
a = a->Resolve(ctx);
if (a == nullptr) fails = true;
else
{
if (a->ValueType != TypeVector2) // a vec3 may be initialized with (vec2, z)
{
a = new FxFloatCast(a);
a = a->Resolve(ctx);
fails |= (a == nullptr);
}
}
}
}
if (fails)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// at this point there are three legal cases:
// * two floats = vector2
// * three floats = vector3
// * vector2 + float = vector3
if (xyz[0]->ValueType == TypeVector2)
{
if (xyz[1]->ValueType != TypeFloat64 || xyz[2] != nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Not a valid vector");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
ValueType = TypeVector3;
if (xyz[0]->ExprType == EFX_VectorValue)
{
// If two vector initializers are nested, unnest them now.
auto vi = static_cast<FxVectorValue*>(xyz[0]);
xyz[2] = xyz[1];
xyz[1] = vi->xyz[1];
xyz[0] = vi->xyz[0];
vi->xyz[0] = vi->xyz[1] = nullptr; // Don't delete our own expressions.
delete vi;
}
}
else if (xyz[0]->ValueType == TypeFloat64 && xyz[1]->ValueType == TypeFloat64)
{
ValueType = xyz[2] == nullptr ? TypeVector2 : TypeVector3;
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Not a valid vector");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// check if all elements are constant. If so this can be emitted as a constant vector.
isConst = true;
for (auto &a : xyz)
{
if (a != nullptr && !a->isConstant()) isConst = false;
}
return this;
}
static ExpEmit EmitKonst(VMFunctionBuilder *build, ExpEmit &emit)
{
if (emit.Konst)
{
ExpEmit out(build, REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(OP_LKF, out.RegNum, emit.RegNum);
return out;
}
return emit;
}
ExpEmit FxVectorValue::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
// no const handling here. Ultimately it's too rarely used (i.e. the only fully constant vector ever allocated in ZDoom is the 0-vector in a very few places)
// and the negatives (excessive allocation of float constants) outweigh the positives (saved a few instructions)
assert(xyz[0] != nullptr);
assert(xyz[1] != nullptr);
if (ValueType == TypeVector2)
{
ExpEmit tempxval = xyz[0]->Emit(build);
ExpEmit tempyval = xyz[1]->Emit(build);
ExpEmit xval = EmitKonst(build, tempxval);
ExpEmit yval = EmitKonst(build, tempyval);
assert(xval.RegType == REGT_FLOAT && yval.RegType == REGT_FLOAT);
if (yval.RegNum == xval.RegNum + 1)
{
// The results are already in two continuous registers so just return them as-is.
xval.RegCount++;
return xval;
}
else
{
// The values are not in continuous registers so they need to be copied together now.
ExpEmit out(build, REGT_FLOAT, 2);
build->Emit(OP_MOVEF, out.RegNum, xval.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_MOVEF, out.RegNum + 1, yval.RegNum);
xval.Free(build);
yval.Free(build);
return out;
}
}
else if (xyz[0]->ValueType == TypeVector2) // vec2+float
{
ExpEmit xyval = xyz[0]->Emit(build);
ExpEmit tempzval = xyz[1]->Emit(build);
ExpEmit zval = EmitKonst(build, tempzval);
assert(xyval.RegType == REGT_FLOAT && xyval.RegCount == 2 && zval.RegType == REGT_FLOAT);
if (zval.RegNum == xyval.RegNum + 2)
{
// The results are already in three continuous registers so just return them as-is.
xyval.RegCount++;
return xyval;
}
else
{
// The values are not in continuous registers so they need to be copied together now.
ExpEmit out(build, REGT_FLOAT, 3);
build->Emit(OP_MOVEV2, out.RegNum, xyval.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_MOVEF, out.RegNum + 2, zval.RegNum);
xyval.Free(build);
zval.Free(build);
return out;
}
}
else // 3*float
{
assert(xyz[2] != nullptr);
ExpEmit tempxval = xyz[0]->Emit(build);
ExpEmit tempyval = xyz[1]->Emit(build);
ExpEmit tempzval = xyz[2]->Emit(build);
ExpEmit xval = EmitKonst(build, tempxval);
ExpEmit yval = EmitKonst(build, tempyval);
ExpEmit zval = EmitKonst(build, tempzval);
assert(xval.RegType == REGT_FLOAT && yval.RegType == REGT_FLOAT && zval.RegType == REGT_FLOAT);
if (yval.RegNum == xval.RegNum + 1 && zval.RegNum == xval.RegNum + 2)
{
// The results are already in three continuous registers so just return them as-is.
xval.RegCount += 2;
return xval;
}
else
{
// The values are not in continuous registers so they need to be copied together now.
ExpEmit out(build, REGT_FLOAT, 3);
//Try to optimize a bit...
if (yval.RegNum == xval.RegNum + 1)
{
build->Emit(OP_MOVEV2, out.RegNum, xval.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_MOVEF, out.RegNum + 2, zval.RegNum);
}
else if (zval.RegNum == yval.RegNum + 1)
{
build->Emit(OP_MOVEF, out.RegNum, xval.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_MOVEV2, out.RegNum+1, yval.RegNum);
}
else
{
build->Emit(OP_MOVEF, out.RegNum, xval.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_MOVEF, out.RegNum + 1, yval.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_MOVEF, out.RegNum + 2, zval.RegNum);
}
xval.Free(build);
yval.Free(build);
zval.Free(build);
return out;
}
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxBoolCast::FxBoolCast(FxExpression *x, bool needvalue)
: FxExpression(EFX_BoolCast, x->ScriptPosition)
{
basex = x;
ValueType = TypeBool;
NeedValue = needvalue;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxBoolCast::~FxBoolCast()
{
SAFE_DELETE(basex);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxBoolCast::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(basex, ctx);
if (basex->ValueType == TypeBool)
{
FxExpression *x = basex;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (basex->IsBoolCompat())
{
if (basex->isConstant())
{
assert(basex->ValueType != TypeState && "We shouldn't be able to generate a constant state ref");
ExpVal constval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(basex)->GetValue();
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(constval.GetBool(), ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
return this;
}
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Numeric type expected");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxBoolCast::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit from = basex->Emit(build);
assert(!from.Konst);
assert(basex->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT || basex->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT || basex->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_POINTER);
if (NeedValue)
{
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
from.Free(build);
build->Emit(OP_CASTB, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, from.RegType == REGT_INT ? CASTB_I : from.RegType == REGT_FLOAT ? CASTB_F : CASTB_A);
return to;
}
else
{
return from;
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
void FxBoolCast::EmitCompare(VMFunctionBuilder *build, bool invert, TArray<size_t> &patchspots_yes, TArray<size_t> &patchspots_no)
{
basex->EmitCompare(build, invert, patchspots_yes, patchspots_no);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxIntCast::FxIntCast(FxExpression *x, bool nowarn, bool explicitly)
: FxExpression(EFX_IntCast, x->ScriptPosition)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
basex=x;
ValueType = TypeSInt32;
NoWarn = nowarn;
Explicit = explicitly;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxIntCast::~FxIntCast()
{
SAFE_DELETE(basex);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxIntCast::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(basex, ctx);
if (basex->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT)
{
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
if (basex->ValueType->isNumeric() || Explicit) // names can be converted to int, but only with an explicit type cast.
{
FxExpression *x = basex;
x->ValueType = ValueType;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else
{
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
// Ugh. This should abort, but too many mods fell into this logic hole somewhere, so this serious error needs to be reduced to a warning. :(
// At least in ZScript, MSG_OPTERROR always means to report an error, not a warning so the problem only exists in DECORATE.
if (!basex->isConstant())
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_OPTERROR, "Numeric type expected, got a name");
else ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_OPTERROR, "Numeric type expected, got \"%s\"", static_cast<FxConstant*>(basex)->GetValue().GetName().GetChars());
FxExpression * x = new FxConstant(0, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else if (basex->IsFloat())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (basex->isConstant())
{
ExpVal constval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(basex)->GetValue();
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(constval.GetInt(), ScriptPosition);
if (constval.GetInt() != constval.GetFloat())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_WARNING, "Truncation of floating point constant %f", constval.GetFloat());
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (!NoWarn)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_DEBUGWARN, "Truncation of floating point value");
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
}
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Numeric type expected");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxIntCast::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit from = basex->Emit(build);
assert(!from.Konst);
assert(basex->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT);
from.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_CAST, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, ValueType == TypeUInt32? CAST_F2U : CAST_F2I);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxFloatCast::FxFloatCast(FxExpression *x)
: FxExpression(EFX_FloatCast, x->ScriptPosition)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
basex = x;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ValueType = TypeFloat64;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxFloatCast::~FxFloatCast()
{
SAFE_DELETE(basex);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxFloatCast::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(basex, ctx);
if (basex->IsFloat())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
FxExpression *x = basex;
basex = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (basex->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT)
{
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
if (basex->ValueType->isNumeric())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (basex->isConstant())
{
ExpVal constval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(basex)->GetValue();
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(constval.GetFloat(), ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
return this;
}
else
{
// Ugh. This should abort, but too many mods fell into this logic hole somewhere, so this seroious error needs to be reduced to a warning. :(
// At least in ZScript, MSG_OPTERROR always means to report an error, not a warning so the problem only exists in DECORATE.
if (!basex->isConstant()) ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_OPTERROR, "Numeric type expected, got a name");
else ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_OPTERROR, "Numeric type expected, got \"%s\"", static_cast<FxConstant*>(basex)->GetValue().GetName().GetChars());
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(0.0, ScriptPosition);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Numeric type expected");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxFloatCast::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit from = basex->Emit(build);
assert(!from.Konst);
assert(basex->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT);
from.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(OP_CAST, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, basex->ValueType == TypeUInt32? CAST_U2F : CAST_I2F);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxNameCast::FxNameCast(FxExpression *x, bool explicitly)
: FxExpression(EFX_NameCast, x->ScriptPosition)
{
basex = x;
ValueType = TypeName;
mExplicit = explicitly;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxNameCast::~FxNameCast()
{
SAFE_DELETE(basex);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxNameCast::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(basex, ctx);
if (mExplicit && basex->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassPointer)))
{
if (basex->isConstant())
{
auto constval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(basex)->GetValue().GetPointer();
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(static_cast<PClass*>(constval)->TypeName, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
return this;
}
else if (basex->ValueType == TypeName)
{
FxExpression *x = basex;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (basex->ValueType == TypeString)
{
if (basex->isConstant())
{
ExpVal constval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(basex)->GetValue();
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(constval.GetName(), ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
return this;
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot convert to name");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxNameCast::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
if (basex->ValueType == TypeString)
{
ExpEmit from = basex->Emit(build);
assert(!from.Konst);
assert(basex->ValueType == TypeString);
from.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_CAST, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, CAST_S2N);
return to;
}
else
{
ExpEmit ptr = basex->Emit(build);
assert(ptr.RegType == REGT_POINTER);
ptr.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_LW, to.RegNum, ptr.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(myoffsetof(PClassActor, TypeName)));
return to;
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxStringCast::FxStringCast(FxExpression *x)
: FxExpression(EFX_StringCast, x->ScriptPosition)
{
basex = x;
ValueType = TypeString;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxStringCast::~FxStringCast()
{
SAFE_DELETE(basex);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxStringCast::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(basex, ctx);
if (basex->ValueType == TypeString)
{
FxExpression *x = basex;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (basex->ValueType == TypeName)
{
if (basex->isConstant())
{
ExpVal constval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(basex)->GetValue();
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(constval.GetString(), ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
return this;
}
else if (basex->ValueType == TypeSound)
{
if (basex->isConstant())
{
ExpVal constval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(basex)->GetValue();
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(S_sfx[constval.GetInt()].name, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
return this;
}
// although it could be done, let's not convert colors back to strings.
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot convert to string");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxStringCast::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit from = basex->Emit(build);
assert(!from.Konst);
from.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_STRING);
if (basex->ValueType == TypeName)
{
build->Emit(OP_CAST, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, CAST_N2S);
}
else if (basex->ValueType == TypeSound)
{
build->Emit(OP_CAST, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, CAST_So2S);
}
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxColorCast::FxColorCast(FxExpression *x)
: FxExpression(EFX_ColorCast, x->ScriptPosition)
{
basex = x;
ValueType = TypeColor;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxColorCast::~FxColorCast()
{
SAFE_DELETE(basex);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxColorCast::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(basex, ctx);
if (basex->ValueType == TypeColor || basex->ValueType->GetClass() == RUNTIME_CLASS(PInt))
{
FxExpression *x = basex;
x->ValueType = TypeColor;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (basex->ValueType == TypeString)
{
if (basex->isConstant())
{
ExpVal constval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(basex)->GetValue();
if (constval.GetString().Len() == 0)
{
// empty string means 'no state'. This would otherwise just cause endless errors and have the same result anyway.
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(-1, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
else
{
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(V_GetColor(nullptr, constval.GetString(), &ScriptPosition), ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
}
return this;
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot convert to color");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxColorCast::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit from = basex->Emit(build);
assert(!from.Konst);
assert(basex->ValueType == TypeString);
from.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_CAST, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, CAST_S2Co);
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxSoundCast::FxSoundCast(FxExpression *x)
: FxExpression(EFX_SoundCast, x->ScriptPosition)
{
basex = x;
ValueType = TypeSound;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxSoundCast::~FxSoundCast()
{
SAFE_DELETE(basex);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxSoundCast::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(basex, ctx);
if (basex->ValueType == TypeSound || basex->ValueType->GetClass() == RUNTIME_CLASS(PInt))
{
FxExpression *x = basex;
x->ValueType = TypeSound;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (basex->ValueType == TypeString)
{
if (basex->isConstant())
{
ExpVal constval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(basex)->GetValue();
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(FSoundID(constval.GetString()), ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
return this;
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot convert to sound");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxSoundCast::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit from = basex->Emit(build);
assert(!from.Konst);
assert(basex->ValueType == TypeString);
from.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_CAST, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, CAST_S2So);
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// generic type cast operator
//
//==========================================================================
FxTypeCast::FxTypeCast(FxExpression *x, PType *type, bool nowarn, bool explicitly)
: FxExpression(EFX_TypeCast, x->ScriptPosition)
{
basex = x;
ValueType = type;
NoWarn = nowarn;
Explicit = explicitly;
assert(ValueType != nullptr);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxTypeCast::~FxTypeCast()
{
SAFE_DELETE(basex);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxTypeCast::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(basex, ctx);
// first deal with the simple types
if (ValueType == TypeError || basex->ValueType == TypeError)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Trying to cast to invalid type.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
else if (ValueType == TypeVoid) // this should never happen
{
goto errormsg;
}
else if (basex->ValueType == TypeVoid)
{
goto errormsg;
}
else if (basex->ValueType == ValueType)
{
// don't go through the entire list if the types are the same.
goto basereturn;
}
else if (basex->ValueType == TypeNullPtr && (ValueType == TypeState || ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer))))
{
goto basereturn;
}
else if (IsFloat())
{
FxExpression *x = new FxFloatCast(basex);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (ValueType->IsA(RUNTIME_CLASS(PInt)))
{
// This is only for casting to actual ints. Subtypes representing an int will be handled elsewhere.
FxExpression *x = new FxIntCast(basex, NoWarn, Explicit);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (ValueType == TypeBool)
{
FxExpression *x = new FxBoolCast(basex);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (ValueType == TypeString)
{
FxExpression *x = new FxStringCast(basex);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (ValueType == TypeName)
{
FxExpression *x = new FxNameCast(basex, Explicit);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (ValueType == TypeSound)
{
FxExpression *x = new FxSoundCast(basex);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (ValueType == TypeColor)
{
FxExpression *x = new FxColorCast(basex);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (ValueType == TypeSpriteID && basex->IsInteger())
{
basex->ValueType = TypeSpriteID;
auto x = basex;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
else if (ValueType == TypeStateLabel)
{
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
if (basex->ValueType == TypeNullPtr)
{
auto x = new FxConstant(0, ScriptPosition);
x->ValueType = TypeStateLabel;
delete this;
return x;
}
// Right now this only supports string constants. There should be an option to pass a string variable, too.
if (basex->isConstant() && (basex->ValueType == TypeString || basex->ValueType == TypeName))
{
FString s= static_cast<FxConstant *>(basex)->GetValue().GetString();
if (s.Len() == 0 && !ctx.FromDecorate) // DECORATE should never get here at all, but let's better be safe.
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "State jump to empty label.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
FxExpression *x = new FxMultiNameState(s, basex->ScriptPosition);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (basex->IsNumeric() && basex->ValueType != TypeSound && basex->ValueType != TypeColor)
{
if (ctx.StateIndex < 0)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "State jumps with index can only be used in anonymous state functions.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (ctx.StateCount != 1)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "State jumps with index cannot be used on multistate definitions");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (basex->isConstant())
{
int i = static_cast<FxConstant *>(basex)->GetValue().GetInt();
if (i <= 0)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "State index must be positive");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
FxExpression *x = new FxStateByIndex(ctx.StateIndex + i, ScriptPosition);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else
{
FxExpression *x = new FxRuntimeStateIndex(basex);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
}
}
else if (ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassPointer)))
{
FxExpression *x = new FxClassTypeCast(static_cast<PClassPointer*>(ValueType), basex, Explicit);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
/* else if (ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PEnum)))
{
// this is not yet ready and does not get assigned to actual values.
}
*/
else if (ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClass))) // this should never happen because the VM doesn't handle plain class types - just pointers
{
if (basex->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClass)))
{
// class types are only compatible if the base type is a descendant of the result type.
auto fromtype = static_cast<PClass *>(basex->ValueType);
auto totype = static_cast<PClass *>(ValueType);
if (fromtype->IsDescendantOf(totype)) goto basereturn;
}
}
else if (basex->ValueType->IsA(RUNTIME_CLASS(PNativeStruct)) && ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer)) && static_cast<PPointer*>(ValueType)->PointedType == basex->ValueType)
{
bool writable;
basex->RequestAddress(ctx, &writable);
basex->ValueType = ValueType;
auto x = basex;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (AreCompatiblePointerTypes(ValueType, basex->ValueType))
{
goto basereturn;
}
// todo: pointers to class objects.
// All other types are only compatible to themselves and have already been handled above by the equality check.
// Anything that falls through here is not compatible and must print an error.
errormsg:
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot convert %s to %s", basex->ValueType->DescriptiveName(), ValueType->DescriptiveName());
delete this;
return nullptr;
basereturn:
auto x = basex;
x->ValueType = ValueType;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxTypeCast::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(false);
// This should never be reached
return ExpEmit();
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
FxPlusSign::FxPlusSign(FxExpression *operand)
: FxExpression(EFX_PlusSign, operand->ScriptPosition)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
Operand=operand;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxPlusSign::~FxPlusSign()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Operand);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxPlusSign::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Operand, ctx);
if (Operand->IsNumeric() || Operand->IsVector())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
FxExpression *e = Operand;
Operand = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return e;
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Numeric type expected");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
ExpEmit FxPlusSign::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
return Operand->Emit(build);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxMinusSign::FxMinusSign(FxExpression *operand)
: FxExpression(EFX_MinusSign, operand->ScriptPosition)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
Operand=operand;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxMinusSign::~FxMinusSign()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Operand);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxMinusSign::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Operand, ctx);
if (Operand->IsNumeric() || Operand->IsVector())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (Operand->isConstant())
{
ExpVal val = static_cast<FxConstant *>(Operand)->GetValue();
FxExpression *e = val.Type->GetRegType() == REGT_INT ?
new FxConstant(-val.Int, ScriptPosition) :
new FxConstant(-val.Float, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return e;
}
ValueType = Operand->ValueType;
return this;
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Numeric type expected");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxMinusSign::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(ValueType == Operand->ValueType);
ExpEmit from = Operand->Emit(build);
ExpEmit to;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
assert(from.Konst == 0);
assert(ValueType->GetRegCount() == from.RegCount);
// Do it in-place, unless a local variable
if (from.Fixed)
{
to = ExpEmit(build, from.RegType, from.RegCount);
from.Free(build);
}
else
{
to = from;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT)
{
build->Emit(OP_NEG, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, 0);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
assert(ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT);
switch (from.RegCount)
{
case 1:
build->Emit(OP_FLOP, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, FLOP_NEG);
break;
case 2:
build->Emit(OP_NEGV2, to.RegNum, from.RegNum);
break;
case 3:
build->Emit(OP_NEGV3, to.RegNum, from.RegNum);
break;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
return to;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxUnaryNotBitwise::FxUnaryNotBitwise(FxExpression *operand)
: FxExpression(EFX_UnaryNotBitwise, operand->ScriptPosition)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
Operand=operand;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxUnaryNotBitwise::~FxUnaryNotBitwise()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Operand);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxUnaryNotBitwise::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Operand, ctx);
if (ctx.FromDecorate && Operand->IsFloat() /* lax */)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
// DECORATE allows floats here so cast them to int.
Operand = new FxIntCast(Operand, true);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
Operand = Operand->Resolve(ctx);
if (Operand == nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
// Names were not blocked in DECORATE here after the scripting branch merge. Now they are again.
if (!Operand->IsInteger())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Integer type expected");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (Operand->isConstant())
{
int result = ~static_cast<FxConstant *>(Operand)->GetValue().GetInt();
FxExpression *e = new FxConstant(result, ScriptPosition);
e->ValueType = Operand->ValueType == TypeUInt32 ? TypeUInt32 : TypeSInt32;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return e;
}
ValueType = Operand->ValueType == TypeUInt32? TypeUInt32 : TypeSInt32;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxUnaryNotBitwise::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(Operand->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ExpEmit from = Operand->Emit(build);
assert(!from.Konst);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
// Do it in-place.
build->Emit(OP_NOT, from.RegNum, from.RegNum, 0);
return from;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxUnaryNotBoolean::FxUnaryNotBoolean(FxExpression *operand)
: FxExpression(EFX_UnaryNotBoolean, operand->ScriptPosition)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
Operand=operand;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxUnaryNotBoolean::~FxUnaryNotBoolean()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Operand);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxUnaryNotBoolean::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Operand, ctx);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (Operand->ValueType != TypeBool)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
Operand = new FxBoolCast(Operand);
SAFE_RESOLVE(Operand, ctx);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (Operand->isConstant())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
bool result = !static_cast<FxConstant *>(Operand)->GetValue().GetBool();
FxExpression *e = new FxConstant(result, ScriptPosition);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return e;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
ValueType = TypeBool;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxUnaryNotBoolean::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(Operand->ValueType == TypeBool);
assert(ValueType == TypeBool || IsInteger()); // this may have been changed by an int cast.
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ExpEmit from = Operand->Emit(build);
from.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
assert(!from.Konst);
// boolean not is the same as XOR-ing the lowest bit
build->Emit(OP_XOR_RK, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(1));
return to;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
void FxUnaryNotBoolean::EmitCompare(VMFunctionBuilder *build, bool invert, TArray<size_t> &patchspots_yes, TArray<size_t> &patchspots_no)
{
Operand->EmitCompare(build, !invert, patchspots_yes, patchspots_no);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxSizeAlign::FxSizeAlign(FxExpression *operand, int which)
: FxExpression(EFX_SizeAlign, operand->ScriptPosition)
{
Operand = operand;
Which = which;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxSizeAlign::~FxSizeAlign()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Operand);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxSizeAlign::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Operand, ctx);
auto type = Operand->ValueType;
if (Operand->isConstant())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "cannot determine %s of a constant", Which == TK_AlignOf? "alignment" : "size");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
else if (!Operand->RequestAddress(ctx, nullptr))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Operand must be addressable to determine %s", Which == TK_AlignOf ? "alignment" : "size");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
else
{
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(Which == TK_AlignOf ? int(type->Align) : int(type->Size), Operand->ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
}
ExpEmit FxSizeAlign::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
return ExpEmit();
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxPreIncrDecr
//
//==========================================================================
FxPreIncrDecr::FxPreIncrDecr(FxExpression *base, int token)
: FxExpression(EFX_PreIncrDecr, base->ScriptPosition), Token(token), Base(base)
{
AddressRequested = false;
AddressWritable = false;
}
FxPreIncrDecr::~FxPreIncrDecr()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Base);
}
bool FxPreIncrDecr::RequestAddress(FCompileContext &ctx, bool *writable)
{
AddressRequested = true;
if (writable != nullptr) *writable = AddressWritable;
return true;
}
FxExpression *FxPreIncrDecr::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Base, ctx);
ValueType = Base->ValueType;
if (!Base->IsNumeric())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Numeric type expected");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
else if (Base->ValueType == TypeBool)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "%s is not allowed on type bool", FScanner::TokenName(Token).GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (!Base->RequestAddress(ctx, &AddressWritable) || !AddressWritable )
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Expression must be a modifiable value");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxPreIncrDecr::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(Token == TK_Incr || Token == TK_Decr);
assert(ValueType == Base->ValueType && IsNumeric());
int zero = build->GetConstantInt(0);
int regtype = ValueType->GetRegType();
ExpEmit pointer = Base->Emit(build);
ExpEmit value = pointer;
if (!pointer.Target)
{
value = ExpEmit(build, regtype);
build->Emit(ValueType->GetLoadOp(), value.RegNum, pointer.RegNum, zero);
}
if (regtype == REGT_INT)
{
build->Emit(OP_ADDI, value.RegNum, value.RegNum, uint8_t((Token == TK_Incr) ? 1 : -1));
}
else
{
build->Emit((Token == TK_Incr) ? OP_ADDF_RK : OP_SUBF_RK, value.RegNum, value.RegNum, build->GetConstantFloat(1.));
}
if (!pointer.Target)
{
build->Emit(ValueType->GetStoreOp(), pointer.RegNum, value.RegNum, zero);
}
if (AddressRequested)
{
value.Free(build);
return pointer;
}
pointer.Free(build);
return value;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxPostIncrDecr
//
//==========================================================================
FxPostIncrDecr::FxPostIncrDecr(FxExpression *base, int token)
: FxExpression(EFX_PostIncrDecr, base->ScriptPosition), Token(token), Base(base)
{
}
FxPostIncrDecr::~FxPostIncrDecr()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Base);
}
FxExpression *FxPostIncrDecr::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Base, ctx);
bool AddressWritable;
ValueType = Base->ValueType;
if (!Base->IsNumeric())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Numeric type expected");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
else if (Base->ValueType == TypeBool)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "%s is not allowed on type bool", FScanner::TokenName(Token).GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (!Base->RequestAddress(ctx, &AddressWritable) || !AddressWritable)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Expression must be a modifiable value");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxPostIncrDecr::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(Token == TK_Incr || Token == TK_Decr);
assert(ValueType == Base->ValueType && IsNumeric());
int zero = build->GetConstantInt(0);
int regtype = ValueType->GetRegType();
ExpEmit pointer = Base->Emit(build);
if (!pointer.Target)
{
ExpEmit out(build, regtype);
build->Emit(ValueType->GetLoadOp(), out.RegNum, pointer.RegNum, zero);
ExpEmit assign(build, regtype);
if (regtype == REGT_INT)
{
build->Emit(OP_ADDI, assign.RegNum, out.RegNum, uint8_t((Token == TK_Incr) ? 1 : -1));
}
else
{
build->Emit((Token == TK_Incr) ? OP_ADDF_RK : OP_SUBF_RK, assign.RegNum, out.RegNum, build->GetConstantFloat(1.));
}
build->Emit(ValueType->GetStoreOp(), pointer.RegNum, assign.RegNum, zero);
pointer.Free(build);
assign.Free(build);
return out;
}
else if (NeedResult)
{
ExpEmit out(build, regtype);
if (regtype == REGT_INT)
{
build->Emit(OP_MOVE, out.RegNum, pointer.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_ADDI, pointer.RegNum, pointer.RegNum, uint8_t((Token == TK_Incr) ? 1 : -1));
}
else
{
build->Emit(OP_MOVEF, out.RegNum, pointer.RegNum);
build->Emit((Token == TK_Incr) ? OP_ADDF_RK : OP_SUBF_RK, pointer.RegNum, pointer.RegNum, build->GetConstantFloat(1.));
}
pointer.Free(build);
return out;
}
else
{
if (regtype == REGT_INT)
{
build->Emit(OP_ADDI, pointer.RegNum, pointer.RegNum, uint8_t((Token == TK_Incr) ? 1 : -1));
}
else
{
build->Emit((Token == TK_Incr) ? OP_ADDF_RK : OP_SUBF_RK, pointer.RegNum, pointer.RegNum, build->GetConstantFloat(1.));
}
pointer.Free(build);
return ExpEmit();
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxAssign
//
//==========================================================================
FxAssign::FxAssign(FxExpression *base, FxExpression *right, bool ismodify)
: FxExpression(EFX_Assign, base->ScriptPosition), Base(base), Right(right), IsBitWrite(-1), IsModifyAssign(ismodify)
{
AddressRequested = false;
AddressWritable = false;
}
FxAssign::~FxAssign()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Base);
SAFE_DELETE(Right);
}
/* I don't think we should allow constructs like (a = b) = c;...
bool FxAssign::RequestAddress(FCompileContext &ctx, bool *writable)
{
AddressRequested = true;
if (writable != nullptr) *writable = AddressWritable;
return true;
}
*/
FxExpression *FxAssign::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Base, ctx);
ValueType = Base->ValueType;
SAFE_RESOLVE(Right, ctx);
if (IsModifyAssign && Base->ValueType == TypeBool && Right->ValueType != TypeBool)
{
// If the modify operation resulted in a type promotion from bool to int, this must be blocked.
// (this means, for bool, only &=, ^= and |= are allowed, although DECORATE is more lax.)
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Invalid modify/assign operation with a boolean operand");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// keep the redundant handling for numeric types here to avoid problems with DECORATE.
// for non-numerics FxTypeCast can be used without issues.
if (Base->IsNumeric() && Right->IsNumeric())
{
if (Right->ValueType != ValueType)
{
if (ValueType == TypeBool)
{
Right = new FxBoolCast(Right);
}
else if (ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT)
{
Right = new FxIntCast(Right, ctx.FromDecorate);
}
else
{
Right = new FxFloatCast(Right);
}
SAFE_RESOLVE(Right, ctx);
}
}
else if (Base->ValueType == Right->ValueType)
{
if (Base->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PArray)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot assign arrays");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (!Base->IsVector() && Base->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PStruct)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Struct assignment not implemented yet");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// Both types are the same so this is ok.
}
else if (Right->ValueType->IsA(RUNTIME_CLASS(PNativeStruct)) && Base->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer)) && static_cast<PPointer*>(Base->ValueType)->PointedType == Right->ValueType)
{
// allow conversion of native structs to pointers of the same type. This is necessary to assign elements from global arrays like players, sectors, etc. to local pointers.
// For all other types this is not needed. Structs are not assignable and classes can only exist as references.
bool writable;
Right->RequestAddress(ctx, &writable);
Right->ValueType = Base->ValueType;
}
else
{
// pass it to FxTypeCast for complete handling.
Right = new FxTypeCast(Right, Base->ValueType, false);
SAFE_RESOLVE(Right, ctx);
}
if (!Base->RequestAddress(ctx, &AddressWritable) || !AddressWritable)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Expression must be a modifiable value");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// Special case: Assignment to a bitfield.
IsBitWrite = Base->GetBitValue();
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxAssign::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
static const BYTE loadops[] = { OP_LK, OP_LKF, OP_LKS, OP_LKP };
assert(ValueType->GetRegType() == Right->ValueType->GetRegType());
ExpEmit pointer = Base->Emit(build);
Address = pointer;
ExpEmit result;
bool intconst = false;
int intconstval;
if (Right->isConstant() && Right->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT)
{
intconst = true;
intconstval = static_cast<FxConstant*>(Right)->GetValue().GetInt();
result.Konst = true;
result.RegType = REGT_INT;
}
else
{
result = Right->Emit(build);
}
assert(result.RegType <= REGT_TYPE);
if (pointer.Target)
{
if (result.Konst)
{
if (intconst) build->EmitLoadInt(pointer.RegNum, intconstval);
else build->Emit(loadops[result.RegType], pointer.RegNum, result.RegNum);
}
else
{
build->Emit(Right->ValueType->GetMoveOp(), pointer.RegNum, result.RegNum);
}
}
else
{
if (result.Konst)
{
ExpEmit temp(build, result.RegType);
if (intconst) build->EmitLoadInt(temp.RegNum, intconstval);
else build->Emit(loadops[result.RegType], temp.RegNum, result.RegNum);
result.Free(build);
result = temp;
}
if (IsBitWrite == -1)
{
build->Emit(ValueType->GetStoreOp(), pointer.RegNum, result.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(0));
}
else
{
build->Emit(OP_SBIT, pointer.RegNum, result.RegNum, 1 << IsBitWrite);
}
}
if (AddressRequested)
{
result.Free(build);
return pointer;
}
pointer.Free(build);
return result;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxAssignSelf
//
//==========================================================================
FxAssignSelf::FxAssignSelf(const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_AssignSelf, pos)
{
Assignment = nullptr;
}
FxExpression *FxAssignSelf::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
// This should never happen if FxAssignSelf is used correctly
assert(Assignment != nullptr);
ValueType = Assignment->ValueType;
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxAssignSelf::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(ValueType == Assignment->ValueType);
ExpEmit pointer = Assignment->Address; // FxAssign should have already emitted it
if (!pointer.Target)
{
ExpEmit out(build, ValueType->GetRegType(), ValueType->GetRegCount());
if (Assignment->IsBitWrite != -1)
{
build->Emit(OP_LBIT, out.RegNum, pointer.RegNum, 1 << Assignment->IsBitWrite);
}
else
{
build->Emit(ValueType->GetLoadOp(), out.RegNum, pointer.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(0));
}
return out;
}
else
{
return pointer;
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxMultiAssign::FxMultiAssign(FArgumentList &base, FxExpression *right, const FScriptPosition &pos)
:FxExpression(EFX_MultiAssign, pos)
{
Base = std::move(base);
Right = right;
LocalVarContainer = new FxCompoundStatement(ScriptPosition);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxMultiAssign::~FxMultiAssign()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Right);
SAFE_DELETE(LocalVarContainer);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxMultiAssign::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Right, ctx);
if (Right->ExprType != EFX_VMFunctionCall)
{
Right->ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Function call expected on right side of multi-assigment");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
auto VMRight = static_cast<FxVMFunctionCall *>(Right);
auto rets = VMRight->GetReturnTypes();
if (rets.Size() < Base.Size())
{
Right->ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Insufficient returns in function %s", VMRight->Function->SymbolName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// Pack the generated data (temp local variables for the results and necessary type casts and single assignments) into a compound statement for easier management.
for (unsigned i = 0; i < Base.Size(); i++)
{
auto singlevar = new FxLocalVariableDeclaration(rets[i], NAME_None, nullptr, 0, ScriptPosition);
LocalVarContainer->Add(singlevar);
Base[i] = Base[i]->Resolve(ctx);
ABORT(Base[i]);
auto varaccess = new FxLocalVariable(singlevar, ScriptPosition);
auto assignee = new FxTypeCast(varaccess, Base[i]->ValueType, false);
LocalVarContainer->Add(new FxAssign(Base[i], assignee, false));
}
auto x = LocalVarContainer->Resolve(ctx);
LocalVarContainer = nullptr;
ABORT(x);
LocalVarContainer = static_cast<FxCompoundStatement*>(x);
static_cast<FxVMFunctionCall *>(Right)->AssignCount = Base.Size();
ValueType = TypeVoid;
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxMultiAssign::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
Right->Emit(build);
for (unsigned i = 0; i < Base.Size(); i++)
{
LocalVarContainer->LocalVars[i]->SetReg(static_cast<FxVMFunctionCall *>(Right)->ReturnRegs[i]);
}
static_cast<FxVMFunctionCall *>(Right)->ReturnRegs.Clear();
static_cast<FxVMFunctionCall *>(Right)->ReturnRegs.ShrinkToFit();
return LocalVarContainer->Emit(build);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxBinary::FxBinary(int o, FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
: FxExpression(EFX_Binary, l->ScriptPosition)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
Operator=o;
left=l;
right=r;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxBinary::~FxBinary()
{
SAFE_DELETE(left);
SAFE_DELETE(right);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
bool FxBinary::Promote(FCompileContext &ctx, bool forceint)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
// math operations of unsigned ints results in an unsigned int. (16 and 8 bit values never get here, they get promoted to regular ints elsewhere already.)
if (left->ValueType == TypeUInt32 && right->ValueType == TypeUInt32)
{
ValueType = TypeUInt32;
}
else if (left->IsInteger() && right->IsInteger())
{
ValueType = TypeSInt32; // Addition and subtraction forces all integer-derived types to signed int.
}
else if (!forceint)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ValueType = TypeFloat64;
if (left->IsFloat() && right->IsInteger())
{
right = (new FxFloatCast(right))->Resolve(ctx);
}
else if (left->IsInteger() && right->IsFloat())
{
left = (new FxFloatCast(left))->Resolve(ctx);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else if (ctx.FromDecorate)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
// For DECORATE which allows floats here. ZScript does not.
if (left->IsFloat())
{
left = new FxIntCast(left, ctx.FromDecorate);
left = left->Resolve(ctx);
}
if (right->IsFloat())
{
right = new FxIntCast(right, ctx.FromDecorate);
right = right->Resolve(ctx);
}
if (left == nullptr || right == nullptr)
{
delete this;
return false;
}
ValueType = TypeSInt32;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Integer operand expected");
delete this;
return false;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
return true;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
FxAddSub::FxAddSub(int o, FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
: FxBinary(o, l, r)
{
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxAddSub::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
if (!left || !right)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (left->ValueType == TypeTextureID && right->IsInteger())
{
ValueType = TypeTextureID;
}
else if (left->ValueType == TypeState && right->IsInteger() && Operator == '+' && !left->isConstant())
{
// This is the only special case of pointer addition that will be accepted - because it is used quite often in the existing game code.
ValueType = TypeState;
right = new FxMulDiv('*', right, new FxConstant((int)sizeof(FState), ScriptPosition)); // multiply by size here, so that constants can be better optimized.
right = right->Resolve(ctx);
ABORT(right);
}
else if (left->IsVector() && right->IsVector())
{
// a vector2 can be added to or subtracted from a vector 3 but it needs to be the right operand.
if (left->ValueType == right->ValueType || (left->ValueType == TypeVector3 && right->ValueType == TypeVector2))
{
ValueType = left->ValueType;
}
else
{
goto error;
}
}
else if (left->IsNumeric() && right->IsNumeric())
{
Promote(ctx);
}
else
{
// To check: It may be that this could pass in DECORATE, although setting TypeVoid here would pretty much prevent that.
goto error;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (left->isConstant() && right->isConstant())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (IsFloat())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
double v;
double v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetFloat();
double v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetFloat();
v = Operator == '+'? v1 + v2 :
Operator == '-'? v1 - v2 : 0;
FxExpression *e = new FxConstant(v, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return e;
}
else
{
int v;
int v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetInt();
int v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetInt();
v = Operator == '+'? v1 + v2 :
Operator == '-'? v1 - v2 : 0;
FxExpression *e = new FxConstant(v, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return e;
}
}
return this;
error:
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Incompatible operands for %s", Operator == '+' ? "addition" : "subtraction");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxAddSub::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(Operator == '+' || Operator == '-');
ExpEmit op1 = left->Emit(build);
ExpEmit op2 = right->Emit(build);
ExpEmit to;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (Operator == '+')
{
if (op1.RegType == REGT_POINTER)
{
assert(!op1.Konst);
assert(op2.RegType == REGT_INT);
op1.Free(build);
op2.Free(build);
ExpEmit opout(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(op2.Konst? OP_ADDA_RK : OP_ADDA_RR, opout.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
return opout;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
// Since addition is commutative, only the second operand may be a constant.
if (op1.Konst)
{
swapvalues(op1, op2);
}
assert(!op1.Konst);
op1.Free(build);
op2.Free(build);
to = ExpEmit(build, ValueType->GetRegType(), ValueType->GetRegCount());
if (IsVector())
{
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT && op2.RegType == REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(right->ValueType == TypeVector2? OP_ADDV2_RR : OP_ADDV3_RR, to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
if (left->ValueType == TypeVector3 && right->ValueType == TypeVector2 && to.RegNum != op1.RegNum)
{
// must move the z-coordinate
build->Emit(OP_MOVEF, to.RegNum + 2, op1.RegNum + 2);
}
return to;
}
else if (ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT && op2.RegType == REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(op2.Konst ? OP_ADDF_RK : OP_ADDF_RR, to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
return to;
}
else
{
assert(ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT);
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_INT && op2.RegType == REGT_INT);
build->Emit(op2.Konst ? OP_ADD_RK : OP_ADD_RR, to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
if (ValueType == TypeTextureID) goto texcheck;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return to;
}
}
else
{
// Subtraction is not commutative, so either side may be constant (but not both).
assert(!op1.Konst || !op2.Konst);
op1.Free(build);
op2.Free(build);
to = ExpEmit(build, ValueType->GetRegType(), ValueType->GetRegCount());
if (IsVector())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT && op2.RegType == REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(right->ValueType == TypeVector2 ? OP_SUBV2_RR : OP_SUBV3_RR, to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
return to;
}
else if (ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT)
{
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT && op2.RegType == REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(op1.Konst ? OP_SUBF_KR : op2.Konst ? OP_SUBF_RK : OP_SUBF_RR, to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return to;
}
else
{
assert(ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT);
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_INT && op2.RegType == REGT_INT);
build->Emit(op1.Konst ? OP_SUB_KR : op2.Konst ? OP_SUB_RK : OP_SUB_RR, to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
if (ValueType == TypeTextureID) goto texcheck;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return to;
}
}
texcheck:
// Do a bounds check for the texture index. Note that count can change at run time so this needs to read the value from the texture manager.
auto * ptr = (FArray*)&TexMan.Textures;
auto * countptr = &ptr->Count;
ExpEmit bndp(build, REGT_POINTER);
ExpEmit bndc(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_LKP, bndp.RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress(countptr, ATAG_GENERIC));
build->Emit(OP_LW, bndc.RegNum, bndp.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(0));
build->Emit(OP_BOUND_R, to.RegNum, bndc.RegNum);
bndp.Free(build);
bndc.Free(build);
return to;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxMulDiv::FxMulDiv(int o, FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
: FxBinary(o, l, r)
{
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxMulDiv::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
if (!left || !right)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (left->IsVector() || right->IsVector())
{
switch (Operator)
{
case '/':
// For division, the vector must be the first operand.
if (right->IsVector()) goto error;
case '*':
if (left->IsVector() && right->IsNumeric())
{
if (right->IsInteger())
{
right = new FxFloatCast(right);
right = right->Resolve(ctx);
if (right == nullptr)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
ValueType = left->ValueType;
}
else if (right->IsVector() && left->IsNumeric())
{
if (left->IsInteger())
{
left = new FxFloatCast(left);
left = left->Resolve(ctx);
if (left == nullptr)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
ValueType = right->ValueType;
}
break;
default:
// Vector modulus is not permitted
goto error;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else if (left->IsNumeric() && right->IsNumeric())
{
Promote(ctx);
}
else
{
// To check: It may be that this could pass in DECORATE, although setting TypeVoid here would pretty much prevent that.
goto error;
}
if (left->isConstant() && right->isConstant())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (IsFloat())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
double v;
double v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetFloat();
double v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetFloat();
if (Operator != '*' && v2 == 0)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Division by 0");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
v = Operator == '*'? v1 * v2 :
Operator == '/'? v1 / v2 :
Operator == '%'? fmod(v1, v2) : 0;
FxExpression *e = new FxConstant(v, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return e;
}
else
{
int v;
int v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetInt();
int v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetInt();
if (Operator != '*' && v2 == 0)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Division by 0");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
v = Operator == '*'? v1 * v2 :
Operator == '/'? v1 / v2 :
Operator == '%'? v1 % v2 : 0;
FxExpression *e = new FxConstant(v, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return e;
}
}
return this;
error:
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Incompatible operands for %s", Operator == '*' ? "multiplication" : Operator == '%' ? "modulus" : "division");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxMulDiv::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit op1 = left->Emit(build);
ExpEmit op2 = right->Emit(build);
if (IsVector())
{
assert(Operator != '%');
if (right->IsVector())
{
swapvalues(op1, op2);
}
int op;
if (op2.Konst)
{
op = Operator == '*' ? (ValueType == TypeVector2 ? OP_MULVF2_RK : OP_MULVF3_RK) : (ValueType == TypeVector2 ? OP_DIVVF2_RK : OP_DIVVF3_RK);
}
else
{
op = Operator == '*' ? (ValueType == TypeVector2 ? OP_MULVF2_RR : OP_MULVF3_RR) : (ValueType == TypeVector2 ? OP_DIVVF2_RR : OP_DIVVF3_RR);
}
op1.Free(build);
op2.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, ValueType->GetRegType(), ValueType->GetRegCount());
build->Emit(op, to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
return to;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (Operator == '*')
{
// Multiplication is commutative, so only the second operand may be constant.
if (op1.Konst)
{
swapvalues(op1, op2);
}
assert(!op1.Konst);
op1.Free(build);
op2.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, ValueType->GetRegType());
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT)
{
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT && op2.RegType == REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(op2.Konst ? OP_MULF_RK : OP_MULF_RR, to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
return to;
}
else
{
assert(ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT);
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_INT && op2.RegType == REGT_INT);
build->Emit(op2.Konst ? OP_MUL_RK : OP_MUL_RR, to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
return to;
}
}
else
{
// Division is not commutative, so either side may be constant (but not both).
assert(!op1.Konst || !op2.Konst);
assert(Operator == '%' || Operator == '/');
op1.Free(build);
op2.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, ValueType->GetRegType());
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT)
{
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT && op2.RegType == REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(Operator == '/' ? (op1.Konst ? OP_DIVF_KR : op2.Konst ? OP_DIVF_RK : OP_DIVF_RR)
: (op1.Konst ? OP_MODF_KR : op2.Konst ? OP_MODF_RK : OP_MODF_RR),
to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
return to;
}
else
{
assert(ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT);
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_INT && op2.RegType == REGT_INT);
if (ValueType == TypeUInt32)
{
build->Emit(Operator == '/' ? (op1.Konst ? OP_DIVU_KR : op2.Konst ? OP_DIVU_RK : OP_DIVU_RR)
: (op1.Konst ? OP_MODU_KR : op2.Konst ? OP_MODU_RK : OP_MODU_RR),
to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
}
else
{
build->Emit(Operator == '/' ? (op1.Konst ? OP_DIV_KR : op2.Konst ? OP_DIV_RK : OP_DIV_RR)
: (op1.Konst ? OP_MOD_KR : op2.Konst ? OP_MOD_RK : OP_MOD_RR),
to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return to;
}
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxPow::FxPow(FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
: FxBinary(TK_MulMul, new FxFloatCast(l), new FxFloatCast(r))
{
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxPow::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
if (!left || !right)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (!left->IsNumeric() || !right->IsNumeric())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Numeric type expected for '**'");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (!left->IsFloat())
{
left = (new FxFloatCast(left))->Resolve(ctx);
ABORT(left);
}
if (!right->IsFloat())
{
right = (new FxFloatCast(right))->Resolve(ctx);
ABORT(right);
}
if (left->isConstant() && right->isConstant())
{
double v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetFloat();
double v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetFloat();
return new FxConstant(g_pow(v1, v2), left->ScriptPosition);
}
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxPow::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit op1 = left->Emit(build);
ExpEmit op2 = right->Emit(build);
// Pow is not commutative, so either side may be constant (but not both).
assert(!op1.Konst || !op2.Konst);
op1.Free(build);
op2.Free(build);
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT && op2.RegType == REGT_FLOAT);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit((op1.Konst ? OP_POWF_KR : op2.Konst ? OP_POWF_RK : OP_POWF_RR), to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
FxCompareRel::FxCompareRel(int o, FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
: FxBinary(o, l, r)
{
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxCompareRel::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
if (!left || !right)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (left->ValueType == TypeString || right->ValueType == TypeString)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (left->ValueType != TypeString)
{
left = new FxStringCast(left);
left = left->Resolve(ctx);
if (left == nullptr)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
if (right->ValueType != TypeString)
{
right = new FxStringCast(right);
right = right->Resolve(ctx);
if (right == nullptr)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
ValueType = TypeString;
}
else if (left->IsNumeric() && right->IsNumeric())
{
Promote(ctx);
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Incompatible operands for relative comparison");
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (left->isConstant() && right->isConstant())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
int v;
if (ValueType == TypeString)
{
FString v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetString();
FString v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetString();
int res = v1.Compare(v2);
v = Operator == '<' ? res < 0 :
Operator == '>' ? res > 0 :
Operator == TK_Geq ? res >= 0 :
Operator == TK_Leq ? res <= 0 : 0;
}
else if (IsFloat())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
double v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetFloat();
double v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetFloat();
v = Operator == '<'? v1 < v2 :
Operator == '>'? v1 > v2 :
Operator == TK_Geq? v1 >= v2 :
Operator == TK_Leq? v1 <= v2 : 0;
}
else if (ValueType == TypeUInt32)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
int v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetUInt();
int v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetUInt();
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
v = Operator == '<'? v1 < v2 :
Operator == '>'? v1 > v2 :
Operator == TK_Geq? v1 >= v2 :
Operator == TK_Leq? v1 <= v2 : 0;
}
else
{
int v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetInt();
int v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetInt();
v = Operator == '<' ? v1 < v2 :
Operator == '>' ? v1 > v2 :
Operator == TK_Geq ? v1 >= v2 :
Operator == TK_Leq ? v1 <= v2 : 0;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
FxExpression *e = new FxConstant(v, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return e;
}
CompareType = ValueType; // needs to be preserved for detection of unsigned compare.
ValueType = TypeBool;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
ExpEmit FxCompareRel::EmitCommon(VMFunctionBuilder *build, bool forcompare, bool invert)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ExpEmit op1 = left->Emit(build);
ExpEmit op2 = right->Emit(build);
assert(op1.RegType == op2.RegType);
assert(!op1.Konst || !op2.Konst);
if (op1.RegType == REGT_STRING)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
int a = Operator == '<' ? CMP_LT :
Operator == '>' ? CMP_LE | CMP_CHECK :
Operator == TK_Geq ? CMP_LT | CMP_CHECK : CMP_LE;
if (op1.Konst)
{
a |= CMP_BK;
}
else
{
op1.Free(build);
}
if (op2.Konst)
{
a |= CMP_CK;
}
else
{
op2.Free(build);
}
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (invert) a ^= CMP_CHECK;
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (!forcompare) build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, 0, 0);
build->Emit(OP_CMPS, a, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (!forcompare)
{
build->Emit(OP_JMP, 1);
build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, 1);
}
return to;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_INT || op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT);
assert(Operator == '<' || Operator == '>' || Operator == TK_Geq || Operator == TK_Leq);
static const VM_UBYTE InstrMap[][4] =
{
{ OP_LT_RR, OP_LTF_RR, OP_LTU_RR, 0 }, // <
{ OP_LE_RR, OP_LEF_RR, OP_LEU_RR, 1 }, // >
{ OP_LT_RR, OP_LTF_RR, OP_LTU_RR, 1 }, // >=
{ OP_LE_RR, OP_LEF_RR, OP_LEU_RR, 0 } // <=
};
int instr, check;
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
int index = Operator == '<' ? 0 :
Operator == '>' ? 1 :
Operator == TK_Geq ? 2 : 3;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
int mode = op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT ? 1 : CompareType == TypeUInt32 ? 2 : 0;
instr = InstrMap[index][mode];
check = InstrMap[index][3];
if (op2.Konst)
{
instr += 1;
}
else
{
op2.Free(build);
}
if (op1.Konst)
{
instr += 2;
}
else
{
op1.Free(build);
}
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (invert) check ^= 1;
// See FxBoolCast for comments, since it's the same thing.
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (!forcompare) build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, 0, 0);
build->Emit(instr, check, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (!forcompare)
{
build->Emit(OP_JMP, 1);
build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, 1);
}
return to;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
ExpEmit FxCompareRel::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
return EmitCommon(build, false, false);
}
void FxCompareRel::EmitCompare(VMFunctionBuilder *build, bool invert, TArray<size_t> &patchspots_yes, TArray<size_t> &patchspots_no)
{
ExpEmit emit = EmitCommon(build, true, invert);
emit.Free(build);
patchspots_no.Push(build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0));
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxCompareEq::FxCompareEq(int o, FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
: FxBinary(o, l, r)
{
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxCompareEq::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (!left || !right)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (left->ValueType != right->ValueType) // identical types are always comparable, if they can be placed in a register, so we can save most checks if this is the case.
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
// Special cases: Compare strings and names with names, sounds, colors, state labels and class types.
// These are all types a string can be implicitly cast into, so for convenience, so they should when doing a comparison.
if ((left->ValueType == TypeString || left->ValueType == TypeName) &&
(right->ValueType == TypeName || right->ValueType == TypeSound || right->ValueType == TypeColor || right->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassPointer)) || right->ValueType == TypeStateLabel))
{
left = new FxTypeCast(left, right->ValueType, false, true);
left = left->Resolve(ctx);
ABORT(left);
ValueType = right->ValueType;
}
else if ((right->ValueType == TypeString || right->ValueType == TypeName) &&
(left->ValueType == TypeName || left->ValueType == TypeSound || left->ValueType == TypeColor || left->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassPointer)) || left->ValueType == TypeStateLabel))
{
right = new FxTypeCast(right, left->ValueType, false, true);
right = right->Resolve(ctx);
ABORT(right);
ValueType = left->ValueType;
}
else if (left->IsNumeric() && right->IsNumeric())
{
Promote(ctx);
}
// allows comparing state labels with null pointers.
else if (left->ValueType == TypeStateLabel && right->ValueType == TypeNullPtr)
{
right = new FxTypeCast(right, TypeStateLabel, false);
SAFE_RESOLVE(right, ctx);
}
else if (right->ValueType == TypeStateLabel && left->ValueType == TypeNullPtr)
{
left = new FxTypeCast(left, TypeStateLabel, false);
SAFE_RESOLVE(left, ctx);
}
else if (left->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_POINTER && right->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_POINTER)
{
if (left->ValueType != right->ValueType && right->ValueType != TypeNullPtr && left->ValueType != TypeNullPtr &&
!AreCompatiblePointerTypes(left->ValueType, right->ValueType, true))
{
goto error;
}
}
else
{
goto error;
}
}
else if (left->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_NIL)
{
goto error;
}
else
{
ValueType = left->ValueType;
}
if (Operator == TK_ApproxEq && ValueType->GetRegType() != REGT_FLOAT && ValueType->GetRegType() != REGT_STRING)
{
// Only floats, vectors and strings have handling for '~==', for all other types this is an error.
goto error;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (left->isConstant() && right->isConstant())
{
int v;
if (ValueType == TypeString)
{
FString v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetString();
FString v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetString();
if (Operator == TK_ApproxEq) v = !v1.CompareNoCase(v2);
else
{
v = !!v1.Compare(v2);
if (Operator == TK_Eq) v = !v;
}
}
else if (ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
double v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetFloat();
double v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetFloat();
v = Operator == TK_Eq? v1 == v2 : Operator == TK_Neq? v1 != v2 : fabs(v1-v2) < VM_EPSILON;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
int v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetInt();
int v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetInt();
v = Operator == TK_Eq? v1 == v2 : v1 != v2;
}
FxExpression *e = new FxConstant(v, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return e;
}
else
{
// also simplify comparisons against zero. For these a bool cast/unary not on the other value will do just as well and create better code.
if (Operator != TK_ApproxEq)
{
if (left->isConstant())
{
bool leftisnull;
switch (left->ValueType->GetRegType())
{
case REGT_INT:
leftisnull = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetInt() == 0;
break;
case REGT_FLOAT:
assert(left->ValueType->GetRegCount() == 1); // vectors should not be able to get here.
leftisnull = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetFloat() == 0;
break;
case REGT_POINTER:
leftisnull = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetPointer() == nullptr;
break;
default:
leftisnull = false;
}
if (leftisnull)
{
FxExpression *x;
if (Operator == TK_Eq) x = new FxUnaryNotBoolean(right);
else x = new FxBoolCast(right);
right = nullptr;
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
}
if (right->isConstant())
{
bool rightisnull;
switch (right->ValueType->GetRegType())
{
case REGT_INT:
rightisnull = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetInt() == 0;
break;
case REGT_FLOAT:
assert(right->ValueType->GetRegCount() == 1); // vectors should not be able to get here.
rightisnull = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetFloat() == 0;
break;
case REGT_POINTER:
rightisnull = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetPointer() == nullptr;
break;
default:
rightisnull = false;
}
if (rightisnull)
{
FxExpression *x;
if (Operator == TK_Eq) x = new FxUnaryNotBoolean(left);
else x = new FxBoolCast(left);
left = nullptr;
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
}
}
}
ValueType = TypeBool;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
error:
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Incompatible operands for %s comparison", Operator == TK_Eq ? "==" : Operator == TK_Neq ? "!=" : "~==");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
ExpEmit FxCompareEq::EmitCommon(VMFunctionBuilder *build, bool forcompare, bool invert)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ExpEmit op1 = left->Emit(build);
ExpEmit op2 = right->Emit(build);
assert(op1.RegType == op2.RegType);
int instr;
if (op1.RegType == REGT_STRING)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
assert(Operator == TK_Eq || Operator == TK_Neq || Operator == TK_ApproxEq);
int a = Operator == TK_Eq ? CMP_EQ :
Operator == TK_Neq ? CMP_EQ | CMP_CHECK : CMP_EQ | CMP_APPROX;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (op1.Konst) a |= CMP_BK;
if (op2.Konst) a |= CMP_CK;
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (invert) a ^= CMP_CHECK;
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (!forcompare) build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, 0, 0);
build->Emit(OP_CMPS, a, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (!forcompare)
{
build->Emit(OP_JMP, 1);
build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, 1);
}
op1.Free(build);
op2.Free(build);
return to;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
// Only the second operand may be constant.
if (op1.Konst)
{
swapvalues(op1, op2);
}
assert(!op1.Konst);
assert(op1.RegCount >= 1 && op1.RegCount <= 3);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
static int flops[] = { OP_EQF_R, OP_EQV2_R, OP_EQV3_R };
instr = op1.RegType == REGT_INT ? OP_EQ_R :
op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT ? flops[op1.RegCount - 1] :
OP_EQA_R;
op1.Free(build);
if (!op2.Konst)
{
op2.Free(build);
}
else
{
instr += 1;
}
// See FxUnaryNotBoolean for comments, since it's the same thing.
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (!forcompare) build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, 0, 0);
build->Emit(instr, int(invert) ^ (Operator == TK_ApproxEq ? CMP_APPROX : ((Operator != TK_Eq) ? CMP_CHECK : 0)), op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
if (!forcompare)
{
build->Emit(OP_JMP, 1);
build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, 1);
}
return to;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
ExpEmit FxCompareEq::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
return EmitCommon(build, false, false);
}
void FxCompareEq::EmitCompare(VMFunctionBuilder *build, bool invert, TArray<size_t> &patchspots_yes, TArray<size_t> &patchspots_no)
{
ExpEmit emit = EmitCommon(build, true, invert);
emit.Free(build);
patchspots_no.Push(build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0));
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxBitOp::FxBitOp(int o, FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
: FxBinary(o, l, r)
{
ValueType = TypeSInt32;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxBitOp::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
if (!left || !right)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (left->ValueType == TypeBool && right->ValueType == TypeBool)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ValueType = TypeBool;
}
else if (left->IsNumeric() && right->IsNumeric())
{
if (!Promote(ctx, true)) return nullptr;
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Incompatible operands for bit operation");
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (left->isConstant() && right->isConstant())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
int v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetInt();
int v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetInt();
FxExpression *e = new FxConstant(
Operator == '&'? v1 & v2 :
Operator == '|'? v1 | v2 :
Operator == '^'? v1 ^ v2 : 0, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return e;
}
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxBitOp::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(left->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT);
assert(right->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT);
int instr, rop;
ExpEmit op1, op2;
op1 = left->Emit(build);
op2 = right->Emit(build);
if (op1.Konst)
{
swapvalues(op1, op2);
}
assert(!op1.Konst);
rop = op2.RegNum;
op2.Free(build);
op1.Free(build);
instr = Operator == '&' ? OP_AND_RR :
Operator == '|' ? OP_OR_RR :
Operator == '^' ? OP_XOR_RR : -1;
assert(instr > 0);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(instr + op2.Konst, to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, rop);
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxShift::FxShift(int o, FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
: FxBinary(o, l, r)
{
ValueType = TypeSInt32;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxShift::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
if (!left || !right)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (left->IsNumeric() && right->IsNumeric())
{
if (!Promote(ctx, true)) return nullptr;
if (ValueType == TypeUInt32 && Operator == TK_RShift) Operator = TK_URShift;
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Incompatible operands for shift operation");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (left->isConstant() && right->isConstant())
{
int v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetInt();
int v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetInt();
FxExpression *e = new FxConstant(
Operator == TK_LShift ? v1 << v2 :
Operator == TK_RShift ? v1 >> v2 :
Operator == TK_URShift ? int((unsigned int)(v1) >> v2) : 0, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return e;
}
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxShift::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
assert(left->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT);
assert(right->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT);
static const VM_UBYTE InstrMap[][4] =
{
{ OP_SLL_RR, OP_SLL_KR, OP_SLL_RI }, // TK_LShift
{ OP_SRA_RR, OP_SRA_KR, OP_SRA_RI }, // TK_RShift
{ OP_SRL_RR, OP_SRL_KR, OP_SRL_RI }, // TK_URShift
};
int index, instr, rop;
ExpEmit op1, op2;
index = Operator == TK_LShift ? 0 :
Operator == TK_RShift ? 1 :
Operator == TK_URShift ? 2 : -1;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
assert(index >= 0);
op1 = left->Emit(build);
// Shift instructions use right-hand immediates instead of constant registers.
if (right->isConstant())
{
rop = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetInt();
op2.Konst = true;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
op2 = right->Emit(build);
assert(!op2.Konst);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
op2.Free(build);
rop = op2.RegNum;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (!op1.Konst)
{
op1.Free(build);
instr = InstrMap[index][op2.Konst? 2:0];
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
assert(!op2.Konst);
instr = InstrMap[index][1];
}
assert(instr != 0);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(instr, to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, rop);
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxLtGtEq::FxLtGtEq(FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
: FxBinary(TK_LtGtEq, l, r)
{
ValueType = TypeSInt32;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxLtGtEq::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
if (!left || !right)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (left->IsNumeric() && right->IsNumeric())
{
Promote(ctx);
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "<>= expects two numeric operands");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (left->isConstant() && right->isConstant())
{
// let's cut this short and always compare doubles. For integers the result will be exactly the same as with an integer comparison, either signed or unsigned.
auto v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetFloat();
auto v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetFloat();
auto e = new FxConstant(v1 < v2 ? -1 : v1 > v2 ? 1 : 0, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return e;
}
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxLtGtEq::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit op1 = left->Emit(build);
ExpEmit op2 = right->Emit(build);
assert(op1.RegType == op2.RegType);
assert(op1.RegType == REGT_INT || op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT);
assert(!op1.Konst || !op2.Konst);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
int instr = op1.RegType == REGT_INT ? (left->ValueType == TypeUInt32? OP_LTU_RR : OP_LT_RR) : OP_LTF_RR;
if (op1.Konst) instr += 2;
if (op2.Konst) instr++;
build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, 1); // default to 1
build->Emit(instr, 0, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum); // if (left < right)
auto j1 = build->Emit(OP_JMP, 1);
build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, -1); // result is -1
auto j2 = build->Emit(OP_JMP, 1); // jump to end
build->BackpatchToHere(j1);
build->Emit(instr + OP_LE_RR - OP_LT_RR, 0, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum); // if (left == right)
auto j3 = build->Emit(OP_JMP, 1);
build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, 0); // result is 0
build->BackpatchToHere(j2);
build->BackpatchToHere(j3);
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxConcat::FxConcat(FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
: FxBinary(TK_DotDot, l, r)
{
ValueType = TypeString;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxConcat::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
if (!left || !right)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// To concatenate two operands the only requirement is that they are integral types, i.e. can occupy a register
if (left->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_NIL || right->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_NIL)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Invalid operand for string concatenation");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (left->isConstant() && right->isConstant() && (left->ValueType == TypeString || left->ValueType == TypeName) && (right->ValueType == TypeString || right->ValueType == TypeName))
{
// for now this is only types which have a constant string representation.
auto v1 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetString();
auto v2 = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetString();
auto e = new FxConstant(v1 + v2, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return e;
}
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxConcat::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit op1 = left->Emit(build);
ExpEmit op2 = right->Emit(build);
ExpEmit strng, strng2;
if (op1.RegType == REGT_STRING && op1.Konst)
{
strng = ExpEmit(build, REGT_STRING);
build->Emit(OP_LKS, strng.RegNum, op1.RegNum);
}
else if (op1.RegType == REGT_STRING)
{
strng = op1;
}
else
{
int cast = 0;
strng = ExpEmit(build, REGT_STRING);
if (op1.Konst)
{
ExpEmit nonconst(build, op1.RegType);
build->Emit(op1.RegType == REGT_INT ? OP_LK : op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT ? OP_LKF : OP_LKP, nonconst.RegNum, op1.RegNum);
op1 = nonconst;
}
if (op1.RegType == REGT_FLOAT) cast = op1.RegCount == 1 ? CAST_F2S : op1.RegCount == 2 ? CAST_V22S : CAST_V32S;
else if (left->ValueType == TypeUInt32) cast = CAST_U2S;
else if (left->ValueType == TypeName) cast = CAST_N2S;
else if (left->ValueType == TypeSound) cast = CAST_So2S;
else if (left->ValueType == TypeColor) cast = CAST_Co2S;
else if (left->ValueType == TypeSpriteID) cast = CAST_SID2S;
else if (left->ValueType == TypeTextureID) cast = CAST_TID2S;
else if (op1.RegType == REGT_POINTER) cast = CAST_P2S;
else if (op1.RegType == REGT_INT) cast = CAST_I2S;
else assert(false && "Bad type for string concatenation");
build->Emit(OP_CAST, strng.RegNum, op1.RegNum, cast);
op1.Free(build);
}
if (op2.RegType == REGT_STRING && op2.Konst)
{
strng2 = ExpEmit(build, REGT_STRING);
build->Emit(OP_LKS, strng2.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
}
else if (op2.RegType == REGT_STRING)
{
strng2 = op2;
}
else
{
int cast = 0;
strng2 = ExpEmit(build, REGT_STRING);
if (op2.Konst)
{
ExpEmit nonconst(build, op2.RegType);
build->Emit(op2.RegType == REGT_INT ? OP_LK : op2.RegType == REGT_FLOAT ? OP_LKF : OP_LKP, nonconst.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
op2 = nonconst;
}
if (op2.RegType == REGT_FLOAT) cast = op2.RegCount == 1 ? CAST_F2S : op2.RegCount == 2 ? CAST_V22S : CAST_V32S;
else if (right->ValueType == TypeUInt32) cast = CAST_U2S;
else if (right->ValueType == TypeName) cast = CAST_N2S;
else if (right->ValueType == TypeSound) cast = CAST_So2S;
else if (right->ValueType == TypeColor) cast = CAST_Co2S;
else if (right->ValueType == TypeSpriteID) cast = CAST_SID2S;
else if (right->ValueType == TypeTextureID) cast = CAST_TID2S;
else if (op2.RegType == REGT_POINTER) cast = CAST_P2S;
else if (op2.RegType == REGT_INT) cast = CAST_I2S;
else assert(false && "Bad type for string concatenation");
build->Emit(OP_CAST, strng2.RegNum, op2.RegNum, cast);
op2.Free(build);
}
strng.Free(build);
strng2.Free(build);
ExpEmit dest(build, REGT_STRING);
assert(strng.RegType == strng2.RegType && strng.RegType == REGT_STRING);
build->Emit(OP_CONCAT, dest.RegNum, strng.RegNum, strng2.RegNum);
return dest;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
FxBinaryLogical::FxBinaryLogical(int o, FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
: FxExpression(EFX_BinaryLogical, l->ScriptPosition)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
Operator=o;
left=l;
right=r;
ValueType = TypeBool;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxBinaryLogical::~FxBinaryLogical()
{
SAFE_DELETE(left);
SAFE_DELETE(right);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxBinaryLogical::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
ABORT(right && left);
if (left->ValueType != TypeBool)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
left = new FxBoolCast(left);
SAFE_RESOLVE(left, ctx);
}
if (right->ValueType != TypeBool)
{
right = new FxBoolCast(right);
SAFE_RESOLVE(right, ctx);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
int b_left=-1, b_right=-1;
if (left->isConstant()) b_left = static_cast<FxConstant *>(left)->GetValue().GetBool();
if (right->isConstant()) b_right = static_cast<FxConstant *>(right)->GetValue().GetBool();
// Do some optimizations. This will throw out all sub-expressions that are not
// needed to retrieve the final result.
if (Operator == TK_AndAnd)
{
if (b_left==0 || b_right==0)
{
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(true, ScriptPosition);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (b_left==1 && b_right==1)
{
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(false, ScriptPosition);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (b_left==1)
{
FxExpression *x = right;
right=nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (b_right==1)
{
FxExpression *x = left;
left=nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
}
else if (Operator == TK_OrOr)
{
if (b_left==1 || b_right==1)
{
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(true, ScriptPosition);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
if (b_left==0 && b_right==0)
{
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(false, ScriptPosition);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (b_left==0)
{
FxExpression *x = right;
right=nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
else if (b_right==0)
{
FxExpression *x = left;
left=nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
}
Flatten();
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// flatten a list of the same operator into a single node.
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//
//==========================================================================
void FxBinaryLogical::Flatten()
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (left->ExprType == EFX_BinaryLogical && static_cast<FxBinaryLogical *>(left)->Operator == Operator)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
list = std::move(static_cast<FxBinaryLogical *>(left)->list);
delete left;
}
else
{
list.Push(left);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (right->ExprType == EFX_BinaryLogical && static_cast<FxBinaryLogical *>(right)->Operator == Operator)
{
auto &rlist = static_cast<FxBinaryLogical *>(right)->list;
auto cnt = rlist.Size();
auto v = list.Reserve(cnt);
for (unsigned i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
{
list[v + i] = rlist[i];
rlist[i] = nullptr;
}
delete right;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
list.Push(right);
}
left = right = nullptr;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ExpEmit FxBinaryLogical::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
TArray<size_t> yes, no;
bool invert = Operator == TK_OrOr;
for (unsigned i = 0; i < list.Size(); i++)
{
list[i]->EmitCompare(build, invert, yes, no);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
build->BackpatchListToHere(yes);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, (Operator == TK_AndAnd) ? 1 : 0);
build->Emit(OP_JMP, 1);
build->BackpatchListToHere(no);
auto ctarget = build->Emit(OP_LI, to.RegNum, (Operator == TK_AndAnd) ? 0 : 1);
list.DeleteAndClear();
list.ShrinkToFit();
return to;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxDotCross::FxDotCross(int o, FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
: FxExpression(EFX_DotCross, l->ScriptPosition)
{
Operator = o;
left = l;
right = r;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxDotCross::~FxDotCross()
{
SAFE_DELETE(left);
SAFE_DELETE(right);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxDotCross::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
ABORT(right && left);
if (!left->IsVector() || left->ValueType != right->ValueType || (Operator == TK_Cross && left->ValueType != TypeVector3))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Incompatible operants for %sproduct", Operator == TK_Cross ? "cross-" : "dot-");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
ValueType = Operator == TK_Cross ? (PType*)TypeVector3 : TypeFloat64;
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxDotCross::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit to(build, ValueType->GetRegType(), ValueType->GetRegCount());
ExpEmit op1 = left->Emit(build);
ExpEmit op2 = right->Emit(build);
int op = Operator == TK_Cross ? OP_CROSSV_RR : left->ValueType == TypeVector3 ? OP_DOTV3_RR : OP_DOTV2_RR;
build->Emit(op, to.RegNum, op1.RegNum, op2.RegNum);
op1.Free(build);
op2.Free(build);
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxTypeCheck::FxTypeCheck(FxExpression *l, FxExpression *r)
: FxExpression(EFX_TypeCheck, l->ScriptPosition)
{
left = l;
right = r;
ValueType = TypeBool;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxTypeCheck::~FxTypeCheck()
{
SAFE_DELETE(left);
SAFE_DELETE(right);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxTypeCheck::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
// This must resolve the cast separately so that it can set the proper type for class descriptors.
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
ABORT(right && left);
if (left->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassPointer)))
{
left = new FxClassTypeCast(NewClassPointer(RUNTIME_CLASS(DObject)), left, false);
ClassCheck = true;
}
else
{
left = new FxTypeCast(left, NewPointer(RUNTIME_CLASS(DObject)), false);
ClassCheck = false;
}
right = new FxClassTypeCast(NewClassPointer(RUNTIME_CLASS(DObject)), right, false);
RESOLVE(left, ctx);
RESOLVE(right, ctx);
ABORT(right && left);
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxTypeCheck::EmitCommon(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit castee = left->Emit(build);
ExpEmit casttype = right->Emit(build);
castee.Free(build);
casttype.Free(build);
ExpEmit ares(build, REGT_POINTER);
if (!ClassCheck) build->Emit(casttype.Konst ? OP_DYNCAST_K : OP_DYNCAST_R, ares.RegNum, castee.RegNum, casttype.RegNum);
else build->Emit(casttype.Konst ? OP_DYNCASTC_K : OP_DYNCASTC_R, ares.RegNum, castee.RegNum, casttype.RegNum);
return ares;
}
ExpEmit FxTypeCheck::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit ares = EmitCommon(build);
ares.Free(build);
ExpEmit bres(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_CASTB, bres.RegNum, ares.RegNum, CASTB_A);
return bres;
}
void FxTypeCheck::EmitCompare(VMFunctionBuilder *build, bool invert, TArray<size_t> &patchspots_yes, TArray<size_t> &patchspots_no)
{
ExpEmit ares = EmitCommon(build);
ares.Free(build);
build->Emit(OP_EQA_K, !invert, ares.RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress(nullptr, ATAG_OBJECT));
patchspots_no.Push(build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0));
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxDynamicCast::FxDynamicCast(PClass * cls, FxExpression *r)
: FxExpression(EFX_DynamicCast, r->ScriptPosition)
{
expr = r;
CastType = cls;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxDynamicCast::~FxDynamicCast()
{
SAFE_DELETE(expr);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxDynamicCast::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(expr, ctx);
bool constflag = expr->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer)) && static_cast<PPointer *>(expr->ValueType)->IsConst;
if (constflag)
{
// readonly pointers are normally only used for class defaults which lack type information to be cast properly, so we have to error out here.
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot cast a readonly pointer");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
expr = new FxTypeCast(expr, NewPointer(RUNTIME_CLASS(DObject), constflag), true, true);
expr = expr->Resolve(ctx);
if (expr == nullptr)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
ValueType = NewPointer(CastType, constflag);
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxDynamicCast::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit castee = expr->Emit(build);
castee.Free(build);
ExpEmit ares(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_DYNCAST_K, ares.RegNum, castee.RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress(CastType, ATAG_OBJECT));
return ares;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
FxConditional::FxConditional(FxExpression *c, FxExpression *t, FxExpression *f)
: FxExpression(EFX_Conditional, c->ScriptPosition)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
condition = c;
truex=t;
falsex=f;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxConditional::~FxConditional()
{
SAFE_DELETE(condition);
SAFE_DELETE(truex);
SAFE_DELETE(falsex);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxConditional::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
RESOLVE(condition, ctx);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
RESOLVE(truex, ctx);
RESOLVE(falsex, ctx);
ABORT(condition && truex && falsex);
if (truex->ValueType == falsex->ValueType)
ValueType = truex->ValueType;
else if (truex->ValueType == TypeBool && falsex->ValueType == TypeBool)
ValueType = TypeBool;
else if (truex->IsInteger() && falsex->IsInteger())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ValueType = TypeSInt32;
else if (truex->IsNumeric() && falsex->IsNumeric())
ValueType = TypeFloat64;
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
else if (truex->IsPointer() && falsex->ValueType == TypeNullPtr)
ValueType = truex->ValueType;
else if (falsex->IsPointer() && truex->ValueType == TypeNullPtr)
ValueType = falsex->ValueType;
else
ValueType = TypeVoid;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//else if (truex->ValueType != falsex->ValueType)
if (ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_NIL)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Incompatible types for ?: operator");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (condition->ValueType != TypeBool)
{
condition = new FxBoolCast(condition);
SAFE_RESOLVE(condition, ctx);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (condition->isConstant())
{
ExpVal condval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(condition)->GetValue();
bool result = condval.GetBool();
FxExpression *e = result? truex:falsex;
delete (result? falsex:truex);
falsex = truex = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return e;
}
if (IsFloat())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (truex->ValueType->GetRegType() != REGT_FLOAT)
{
truex = new FxFloatCast(truex);
RESOLVE(truex, ctx);
}
if (falsex->ValueType->GetRegType() != REGT_FLOAT)
{
falsex = new FxFloatCast(falsex);
RESOLVE(falsex, ctx);
}
}
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxConditional::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
size_t truejump;
ExpEmit out, falseout;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
// The true and false expressions ought to be assigned to the
// same temporary instead of being copied to it. Oh well; good enough
// for now.
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
TArray<size_t> yes, no;
condition->EmitCompare(build, false, yes, no);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
build->BackpatchListToHere(yes);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (truex->isConstant() && truex->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT)
{
out = ExpEmit(build, REGT_INT);
build->EmitLoadInt(out.RegNum, static_cast<FxConstant *>(truex)->GetValue().GetInt());
}
else
{
ExpEmit trueop = truex->Emit(build);
if (trueop.Konst)
{
trueop.Free(build);
if (trueop.RegType == REGT_FLOAT)
{
out = ExpEmit(build, REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(OP_LKF, out.RegNum, trueop.RegNum);
}
else if (trueop.RegType == REGT_POINTER)
{
out = ExpEmit(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_LKP, out.RegNum, trueop.RegNum);
}
else
{
assert(trueop.RegType == REGT_STRING);
out = ExpEmit(build, REGT_STRING);
build->Emit(OP_LKS, out.RegNum, trueop.RegNum);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
// Use the register returned by the true condition as the
// target for the false condition, if temporary.
// If this is a local variable we need another register for the result.
if (trueop.Fixed)
{
out = ExpEmit(build, trueop.RegType);
build->Emit(truex->ValueType->GetMoveOp(), out.RegNum, trueop.RegNum, 0);
}
else out = trueop;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
// Make sure to skip the false path.
truejump = build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
// Evaluate false expression.
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
build->BackpatchListToHere(no);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (falsex->isConstant() && falsex->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT)
{
build->EmitLoadInt(out.RegNum, static_cast<FxConstant *>(falsex)->GetValue().GetInt());
}
else
{
ExpEmit falseop = falsex->Emit(build);
if (falseop.Konst)
{
if (falseop.RegType == REGT_FLOAT)
{
build->Emit(OP_LKF, out.RegNum, falseop.RegNum);
}
else if (falseop.RegType == REGT_POINTER)
{
build->Emit(OP_LKP, out.RegNum, falseop.RegNum);
}
else
{
assert(falseop.RegType == REGT_STRING);
build->Emit(OP_LKS, out.RegNum, falseop.RegNum);
}
falseop.Free(build);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
// Move result from the register returned by "false" to the one
// returned by "true" so that only one register is returned by
// this tree.
falseop.Free(build);
build->Emit(falsex->ValueType->GetMoveOp(), out.RegNum, falseop.RegNum, 0);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
build->BackpatchToHere(truejump);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return out;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxAbs::FxAbs(FxExpression *v)
: FxExpression(EFX_Abs, v->ScriptPosition)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
val = v;
ValueType = v->ValueType;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxAbs::~FxAbs()
{
SAFE_DELETE(val);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxAbs::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(val, ctx);
if (val->ValueType == TypeBool) // abs of a boolean is always the same as the operand
{
auto v = val;
val = nullptr;
delete this;
return v;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (!val->IsNumeric())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Numeric type expected");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else if (val->isConstant())
{
ExpVal value = static_cast<FxConstant *>(val)->GetValue();
switch (value.Type->GetRegType())
{
case REGT_INT:
value.Int = abs(value.Int);
break;
case REGT_FLOAT:
value.Float = fabs(value.Float);
break;
default:
// shouldn't happen
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(value, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
ValueType = val->ValueType;
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxAbs::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(ValueType == val->ValueType);
ExpEmit from = val->Emit(build);
ExpEmit to;
assert(from.Konst == 0);
assert(ValueType->GetRegCount() == 1);
// Do it in-place, unless a local variable
if (from.Fixed)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
to = ExpEmit(build, from.RegType);
from.Free(build);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
to = from;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT)
{
build->Emit(OP_ABS, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, 0);
}
else
{
build->Emit(OP_FLOP, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, FLOP_ABS);
}
return to;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxATan2::FxATan2(FxExpression *y, FxExpression *x, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_ATan2, pos)
{
yval = y;
xval = x;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxATan2::~FxATan2()
{
SAFE_DELETE(yval);
SAFE_DELETE(xval);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxATan2::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(yval, ctx);
SAFE_RESOLVE(xval, ctx);
if (!yval->IsNumeric() || !xval->IsNumeric())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "numeric value expected for parameter");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (yval->isConstant() && xval->isConstant())
{
double y = static_cast<FxConstant *>(yval)->GetValue().GetFloat();
double x = static_cast<FxConstant *>(xval)->GetValue().GetFloat();
FxExpression *z = new FxConstant(g_atan2(y, x) * (180 / M_PI), ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return z;
}
if (yval->ValueType->GetRegType() != REGT_FLOAT && !yval->isConstant())
{
yval = new FxFloatCast(yval);
}
if (xval->ValueType->GetRegType() != REGT_FLOAT && !xval->isConstant())
{
xval = new FxFloatCast(xval);
}
ValueType = TypeFloat64;
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxATan2::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit yreg = ToReg(build, yval);
ExpEmit xreg = ToReg(build, xval);
yreg.Free(build);
xreg.Free(build);
ExpEmit out(build, REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(OP_ATAN2, out.RegNum, yreg.RegNum, xreg.RegNum);
return out;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxNew::FxNew(FxExpression *v)
: FxExpression(EFX_New, v->ScriptPosition)
{
val = new FxClassTypeCast(NewClassPointer(RUNTIME_CLASS(DObject)), v, false);
ValueType = NewPointer(RUNTIME_CLASS(DObject));
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxNew::~FxNew()
{
SAFE_DELETE(val);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxNew::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(val, ctx);
if (!val->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassPointer)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Class type expected");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (val->isConstant())
{
auto cls = static_cast<PClass *>(static_cast<FxConstant*>(val)->GetValue().GetPointer());
ValueType = NewPointer(cls);
}
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxNew::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(ValueType == val->ValueType);
ExpEmit from = val->Emit(build);
from.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(from.Konst ? OP_NEW_K : OP_NEW, to.RegNum, from.RegNum);
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// The atan2 opcode only takes registers as parameters, so any constants
// must be loaded into registers first.
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxATan2::ToReg(VMFunctionBuilder *build, FxExpression *val)
{
if (val->isConstant())
{
ExpEmit reg(build, REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(OP_LKF, reg.RegNum, build->GetConstantFloat(static_cast<FxConstant*>(val)->GetValue().GetFloat()));
return reg;
}
return val->Emit(build);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxMinMax::FxMinMax(TArray<FxExpression*> &expr, FName type, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_MinMax, pos), Type(type)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
assert(expr.Size() > 0);
assert(type == NAME_Min || type == NAME_Max);
choices.Resize(expr.Size());
for (unsigned i = 0; i < expr.Size(); ++i)
{
choices[i] = expr[i];
expr[i] = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxMinMax::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
unsigned int i;
int intcount, floatcount;
CHECKRESOLVED();
// Determine if float or int
intcount = floatcount = 0;
for (i = 0; i < choices.Size(); ++i)
{
RESOLVE(choices[i], ctx);
ABORT(choices[i]);
if (choices[i]->IsFloat())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
floatcount++;
}
else if (choices[i]->IsInteger())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
intcount++;
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Arguments must be of type int or float");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
if (floatcount != 0)
{
ValueType = TypeFloat64;
if (intcount != 0)
{ // There are some ints that need to be cast to floats
for (i = 0; i < choices.Size(); ++i)
{
if (choices[i]->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT)
{
choices[i] = new FxFloatCast(choices[i]);
RESOLVE(choices[i], ctx);
ABORT(choices[i]);
}
}
}
}
else
{
ValueType = TypeSInt32;
}
// If at least two arguments are constants, they can be solved now.
// Look for first constant
for (i = 0; i < choices.Size(); ++i)
{
if (choices[i]->isConstant())
{
ExpVal best = static_cast<FxConstant *>(choices[i])->GetValue();
// Compare against remaining constants, which are removed.
// The best value gets stored in this one.
for (unsigned j = i + 1; j < choices.Size(); )
{
if (!choices[j]->isConstant())
{
j++;
}
else
{
ExpVal value = static_cast<FxConstant *>(choices[j])->GetValue();
assert(value.Type == ValueType);
if (Type == NAME_Min)
{
if (value.Type->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT)
{
if (value.Float < best.Float)
{
best.Float = value.Float;
}
}
else
{
if (value.Int < best.Int)
{
best.Int = value.Int;
}
}
}
else
{
if (value.Type->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT)
{
if (value.Float > best.Float)
{
best.Float = value.Float;
}
}
else
{
if (value.Int > best.Int)
{
best.Int = value.Int;
}
}
}
delete choices[j];
choices[j] = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
choices.Delete(j);
}
}
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(best, ScriptPosition);
if (i == 0 && choices.Size() == 1)
{ // Every choice was constant
delete this;
return x;
}
delete choices[i];
choices[i] = x;
break;
}
}
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
static void EmitLoad(VMFunctionBuilder *build, const ExpEmit resultreg, const ExpVal &value)
{
if (resultreg.RegType == REGT_FLOAT)
{
build->Emit(OP_LKF, resultreg.RegNum, build->GetConstantFloat(value.GetFloat()));
}
else
{
build->EmitLoadInt(resultreg.RegNum, value.GetInt());
}
}
ExpEmit FxMinMax::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
unsigned i;
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
int opcode;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
assert(choices.Size() > 0);
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
assert(OP_MAXF_RK == OP_MAXF_RR+1);
assert(OP_MAX_RK == OP_MAX_RR+1);
assert(OP_MIN_RK == OP_MIN_RR+1);
assert(OP_MIN_RK == OP_MIN_RR+1);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (Type == NAME_Min)
{
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
opcode = ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT ? OP_MINF_RR : OP_MIN_RR;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
opcode = ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT ? OP_MAXF_RR : OP_MAX_RR;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
ExpEmit bestreg;
// Get first value into a register. This will also be the result register.
if (choices[0]->isConstant())
{
bestreg = ExpEmit(build, ValueType->GetRegType());
EmitLoad(build, bestreg, static_cast<FxConstant *>(choices[0])->GetValue());
}
else
{
bestreg = choices[0]->Emit(build);
}
// Compare every choice. Better matches get copied to the bestreg.
for (i = 1; i < choices.Size(); ++i)
{
ExpEmit checkreg = choices[i]->Emit(build);
assert(checkreg.RegType == bestreg.RegType);
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
build->Emit(opcode + checkreg.Konst, bestreg.RegNum, bestreg.RegNum, checkreg.RegNum);
checkreg.Free(build);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
return bestreg;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxRandom::FxRandom(FRandom * r, FxExpression *mi, FxExpression *ma, const FScriptPosition &pos, bool nowarn)
: FxExpression(EFX_Random, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
EmitTail = false;
if (mi != nullptr && ma != nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
min = new FxIntCast(mi, nowarn);
max = new FxIntCast(ma, nowarn);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else min = max = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
rng = r;
ValueType = TypeSInt32;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxRandom::~FxRandom()
{
SAFE_DELETE(min);
SAFE_DELETE(max);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
PPrototype *FxRandom::ReturnProto()
{
EmitTail = true;
return FxExpression::ReturnProto();
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
FxExpression *FxRandom::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
if (min && max)
{
RESOLVE(min, ctx);
RESOLVE(max, ctx);
ABORT(min && max);
assert(min->ValueType == ValueType);
assert(max->ValueType == ValueType);
}
return this;
};
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
int BuiltinRandom(VMValue *param, TArray<VMValue> &defaultparam, int numparam, VMReturn *ret, int numret)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
assert(numparam >= 1 && numparam <= 3);
FRandom *rng = reinterpret_cast<FRandom *>(param[0].a);
if (numparam == 1)
{
ACTION_RETURN_INT((*rng)());
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else if (numparam == 2)
{
int maskval = param[1].i;
ACTION_RETURN_INT(rng->Random2(maskval));
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else if (numparam == 3)
{
int min = param[1].i, max = param[2].i;
if (max < min)
{
swapvalues(max, min);
}
ACTION_RETURN_INT((*rng)(max - min + 1) + min);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
// Shouldn't happen
return 0;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
ExpEmit FxRandom::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
// Call DecoRandom to generate a random number.
VMFunction *callfunc;
PSymbol *sym = FindBuiltinFunction(NAME_BuiltinRandom, BuiltinRandom);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
assert(sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolVMFunction)));
assert(((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function != nullptr);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
callfunc = ((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function;
if (build->FramePointer.Fixed) EmitTail = false; // do not tail call if the stack is in use
int opcode = (EmitTail ? OP_TAIL_K : OP_CALL_K);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, REGT_POINTER | REGT_KONST, build->GetConstantAddress(rng, ATAG_RNG));
if (min != nullptr && max != nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
EmitParameter(build, min, ScriptPosition);
EmitParameter(build, max, ScriptPosition);
build->Emit(opcode, build->GetConstantAddress(callfunc, ATAG_OBJECT), 3, 1);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
build->Emit(opcode, build->GetConstantAddress(callfunc, ATAG_OBJECT), 1, 1);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (EmitTail)
{
ExpEmit call;
call.Final = true;
return call;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ExpEmit out(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_RESULT, 0, REGT_INT, out.RegNum);
return out;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxRandomPick::FxRandomPick(FRandom *r, TArray<FxExpression*> &expr, bool floaty, const FScriptPosition &pos, bool nowarn)
: FxExpression(EFX_RandomPick, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
assert(expr.Size() > 0);
choices.Resize(expr.Size());
for (unsigned int index = 0; index < expr.Size(); index++)
{
if (floaty)
{
choices[index] = new FxFloatCast(expr[index]);
expr[index] = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
choices[index] = new FxIntCast(expr[index], nowarn);
expr[index] = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
rng = r;
if (floaty)
{
ValueType = TypeFloat64;
}
else
{
ValueType = TypeSInt32;
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxRandomPick::~FxRandomPick()
{
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxRandomPick::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
for (unsigned int index = 0; index < choices.Size(); index++)
{
RESOLVE(choices[index], ctx);
ABORT(choices[index]);
assert(choices[index]->ValueType == ValueType);
}
return this;
};
//==========================================================================
//
// FxPick :: Emit
//
// The expression:
// a = pick[rng](i_0, i_1, i_2, ..., i_n)
// [where i_x is a complete expression and not just a value]
// is syntactic sugar for:
//
// switch(random[rng](0, n)) {
// case 0: a = i_0;
// case 1: a = i_1;
// case 2: a = i_2;
// ...
// case n: a = i_n;
// }
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxRandomPick::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
unsigned i;
assert(choices.Size() > 0);
// Call BuiltinRandom to generate a random number.
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
VMFunction *callfunc;
PSymbol *sym = FindBuiltinFunction(NAME_BuiltinRandom, BuiltinRandom);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
assert(sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolVMFunction)));
assert(((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function != nullptr);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
callfunc = ((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function;
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, REGT_POINTER | REGT_KONST, build->GetConstantAddress(rng, ATAG_RNG));
build->EmitParamInt(0);
build->EmitParamInt(choices.Size() - 1);
build->Emit(OP_CALL_K, build->GetConstantAddress(callfunc, ATAG_OBJECT), 3, 1);
ExpEmit resultreg(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_RESULT, 0, REGT_INT, resultreg.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_IJMP, resultreg.RegNum, 0);
// Free the result register now. The simple code generation algorithm should
// automatically pick it as the destination register for each case.
resultreg.Free(build);
// For floating point results, we need to get a new register, since we can't
// reuse the integer one used to store the random result.
if (ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT)
{
resultreg = ExpEmit(build, REGT_FLOAT);
resultreg.Free(build);
}
// Allocate space for the jump table.
size_t jumptable = build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0);
for (i = 1; i < choices.Size(); ++i)
{
build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0);
}
// Emit each case
TArray<size_t> finishes(choices.Size() - 1);
for (unsigned i = 0; i < choices.Size(); ++i)
{
build->BackpatchToHere(jumptable + i);
if (choices[i]->isConstant())
{
EmitLoad(build, resultreg, static_cast<FxConstant *>(choices[i])->GetValue());
}
else
{
ExpEmit casereg = choices[i]->Emit(build);
if (casereg.RegNum != resultreg.RegNum)
{ // The result of the case is in a different register from what
// was expected. Copy it to the one we wanted.
resultreg.Reuse(build); // This is really just for the assert in Reuse()
build->Emit(ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT ? OP_MOVE : OP_MOVEF, resultreg.RegNum, casereg.RegNum, 0);
resultreg.Free(build);
}
// Free this register so the remaining cases can use it.
casereg.Free(build);
}
// All but the final case needs a jump to the end of the expression's code.
if (i + 1 < choices.Size())
{
size_t loc = build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0);
finishes.Push(loc);
}
}
// Backpatch each case (except the last, since it ends here) to jump to here.
for (i = 0; i < choices.Size() - 1; ++i)
{
build->BackpatchToHere(finishes[i]);
}
// The result register needs to be in-use when we return.
// It should have been freed earlier, so restore its in-use flag.
resultreg.Reuse(build);
choices.DeleteAndClear();
choices.ShrinkToFit();
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return resultreg;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxFRandom::FxFRandom(FRandom *r, FxExpression *mi, FxExpression *ma, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxRandom(r, nullptr, nullptr, pos, true)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (mi != nullptr && ma != nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
min = new FxFloatCast(mi);
max = new FxFloatCast(ma);
}
ValueType = TypeFloat64;
ExprType = EFX_FRandom;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
int BuiltinFRandom(VMValue *param, TArray<VMValue> &defaultparam, int numparam, VMReturn *ret, int numret)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
assert(numparam == 1 || numparam == 3);
FRandom *rng = reinterpret_cast<FRandom *>(param[0].a);
int random = (*rng)(0x40000000);
double frandom = random / double(0x40000000);
if (numparam == 3)
{
double min = param[1].f, max = param[2].f;
if (max < min)
{
swapvalues(max, min);
}
ACTION_RETURN_FLOAT(frandom * (max - min) + min);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
ACTION_RETURN_FLOAT(frandom);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
ExpEmit FxFRandom::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
// Call the BuiltinFRandom function to generate a floating point random number..
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
VMFunction *callfunc;
PSymbol *sym = FindBuiltinFunction(NAME_BuiltinFRandom, BuiltinFRandom);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
assert(sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolVMFunction)));
assert(((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function != nullptr);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
callfunc = ((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function;
if (build->FramePointer.Fixed) EmitTail = false; // do not tail call if the stack is in use
int opcode = (EmitTail ? OP_TAIL_K : OP_CALL_K);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, REGT_POINTER | REGT_KONST, build->GetConstantAddress(rng, ATAG_RNG));
if (min != nullptr && max != nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
EmitParameter(build, min, ScriptPosition);
EmitParameter(build, max, ScriptPosition);
build->Emit(opcode, build->GetConstantAddress(callfunc, ATAG_OBJECT), 3, 1);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
build->Emit(opcode, build->GetConstantAddress(callfunc, ATAG_OBJECT), 1, 1);
}
if (EmitTail)
{
ExpEmit call;
call.Final = true;
return call;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ExpEmit out(build, REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(OP_RESULT, 0, REGT_FLOAT, out.RegNum);
return out;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxRandom2::FxRandom2(FRandom *r, FxExpression *m, const FScriptPosition &pos, bool nowarn)
: FxExpression(EFX_Random2, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
EmitTail = false;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
rng = r;
if (m) mask = new FxIntCast(m, nowarn);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
else mask = new FxConstant(-1, pos);
ValueType = TypeSInt32;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxRandom2::~FxRandom2()
{
SAFE_DELETE(mask);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
PPrototype *FxRandom2::ReturnProto()
{
EmitTail = true;
return FxExpression::ReturnProto();
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
FxExpression *FxRandom2::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(mask, ctx);
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxRandom2::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
// Call the BuiltinRandom function to generate the random number.
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
VMFunction *callfunc;
PSymbol *sym = FindBuiltinFunction(NAME_BuiltinRandom, BuiltinRandom);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
assert(sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolVMFunction)));
assert(((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function != nullptr);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
callfunc = ((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function;
if (build->FramePointer.Fixed) EmitTail = false; // do not tail call if the stack is in use
int opcode = (EmitTail ? OP_TAIL_K : OP_CALL_K);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, REGT_POINTER | REGT_KONST, build->GetConstantAddress(rng, ATAG_RNG));
EmitParameter(build, mask, ScriptPosition);
build->Emit(opcode, build->GetConstantAddress(callfunc, ATAG_OBJECT), 2, 1);
if (EmitTail)
{
ExpEmit call;
call.Final = true;
return call;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ExpEmit out(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_RESULT, 0, REGT_INT, out.RegNum);
return out;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxIdentifier::FxIdentifier(FName name, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_Identifier, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
Identifier = name;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxIdentifier::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
PSymbol * sym;
FxExpression *newex = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
int num;
CHECKRESOLVED();
// Local variables have highest priority.
FxLocalVariableDeclaration *local = ctx.FindLocalVariable(Identifier);
if (local != nullptr)
{
if (local->ExprType == EFX_StaticArray)
{
auto x = new FxStaticArrayVariable(local, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
else if (local->ValueType->GetRegType() != REGT_NIL)
{
auto x = new FxLocalVariable(local, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
else
{
auto x = new FxStackVariable(local->ValueType, local->StackOffset, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
}
if (Identifier == NAME_Default)
{
if (ctx.Function == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unable to access class defaults from constant declaration");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (ctx.Function->Variants[0].SelfClass == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unable to access class defaults from static function");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (!ctx.Function->Variants[0].SelfClass->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassActor)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "'Default' requires an actor type.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
FxExpression * x = new FxClassDefaults(new FxSelf(ScriptPosition), ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
// Ugh, the horror. Constants need to be taken from the owning class, but members from the self class to catch invalid accesses here...
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
// see if the current class (if valid) defines something with this name.
PSymbolTable *symtbl;
// first check fields in self
if ((sym = ctx.FindInSelfClass(Identifier, symtbl)) != nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PField)))
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (ctx.Function == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unable to access class member %s from constant declaration", sym->SymbolName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
FxExpression *self = new FxSelf(ScriptPosition);
self = self->Resolve(ctx);
newex = ResolveMember(ctx, ctx.Function->Variants[0].SelfClass, self, ctx.Function->Variants[0].SelfClass);
ABORT(newex);
goto foundit;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
// now check in the owning class.
if (newex == nullptr && (sym = ctx.FindInClass(Identifier, symtbl)) != nullptr)
{
if (sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolConst)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_DEBUGLOG, "Resolving name '%s' as class constant\n", Identifier.GetChars());
newex = FxConstant::MakeConstant(sym, ScriptPosition);
goto foundit;
}
else if (ctx.Function == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unable to access class member %s from constant declaration", sym->SymbolName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// Do this check for ZScript as well, so that a clearer error message can be printed. MSG_OPTERROR will default to MSG_ERROR there.
else if (ctx.Function->Variants[0].SelfClass != ctx.Class && sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PField)))
{
FxExpression *self = new FxSelf(ScriptPosition, true);
self = self->Resolve(ctx);
newex = ResolveMember(ctx, ctx.Class, self, ctx.Class);
ABORT(newex);
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_OPTERROR, "Self pointer used in ambiguous context; VM execution may abort!");
ctx.Unsafe = true;
goto foundit;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
else
{
if (sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PFunction)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Function '%s' used without ().\n", Identifier.GetChars());
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Invalid member identifier '%s'.\n", Identifier.GetChars());
}
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
if (noglobal)
{
// This is needed to properly resolve class names on the left side of the member access operator
ValueType = TypeError;
return this;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
// now check the global identifiers.
if (newex == nullptr && (sym = ctx.FindGlobal(Identifier)) != nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolConst)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_DEBUGLOG, "Resolving name '%s' as global constant\n", Identifier.GetChars());
newex = FxConstant::MakeConstant(sym, ScriptPosition);
goto foundit;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else if (sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PField)))
{
// internally defined global variable
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_DEBUGLOG, "Resolving name '%s' as global variable\n", Identifier.GetChars());
newex = new FxGlobalVariable(static_cast<PField *>(sym), ScriptPosition);
goto foundit;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Invalid global identifier '%s'\n", Identifier.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
// and line specials
if (newex == nullptr && (num = P_FindLineSpecial(Identifier, nullptr, nullptr)))
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_DEBUGLOG, "Resolving name '%s' as line special %d\n", Identifier.GetChars(), num);
newex = new FxConstant(num, ScriptPosition);
goto foundit;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
2016-11-20 19:24:39 +00:00
if (auto *cvar = FindCVar(Identifier.GetChars(), nullptr))
2016-11-20 19:24:39 +00:00
{
if (cvar->GetFlags() & CVAR_USERINFO)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot access userinfo CVARs directly. Use GetCVar() instead.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
newex = new FxCVar(cvar, ScriptPosition);
goto foundit;
2016-11-20 19:24:39 +00:00
}
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unknown identifier '%s'", Identifier.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
foundit:
delete this;
return newex? newex->Resolve(ctx) : nullptr;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxIdentifier::ResolveMember(FCompileContext &ctx, PStruct *classctx, FxExpression *&object, PStruct *objtype)
{
PSymbol *sym;
PSymbolTable *symtbl;
bool isclass = objtype->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClass));
if (Identifier == NAME_Default)
{
if (!objtype->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassActor)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "'Default' requires an actor type.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
FxExpression * x = new FxClassDefaults(object, ScriptPosition);
object = nullptr;
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
if (objtype != nullptr && (sym = objtype->Symbols.FindSymbolInTable(Identifier, symtbl)) != nullptr)
{
if (sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolConst)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_DEBUGLOG, "Resolving name '%s' as %s constant\n", Identifier.GetChars(), isclass ? "class" : "struct");
delete object;
object = nullptr;
return FxConstant::MakeConstant(sym, ScriptPosition);
}
else if (sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PField)))
{
PField *vsym = static_cast<PField*>(sym);
// We have 4 cases to consider here:
// 1. The symbol is a static/meta member (not implemented yet) which is always accessible.
// 2. This is a static function
// 3. This is an action function with a restricted self pointer
// 4. This is a normal member or unrestricted action function.
if (vsym->Flags & VARF_Deprecated && !ctx.FromDecorate)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_WARNING, "Accessing deprecated member variable %s", vsym->SymbolName.GetChars());
}
if ((vsym->Flags & VARF_Private) && symtbl != &classctx->Symbols)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Private member %s not accessible", vsym->SymbolName.GetChars());
return nullptr;
}
auto x = isclass ? new FxClassMember(object, vsym, ScriptPosition) : new FxStructMember(object, vsym, ScriptPosition);
object = nullptr;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
else
{
if (sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PFunction)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Function '%s' used without ().\n", Identifier.GetChars());
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Invalid member identifier '%s'.\n", Identifier.GetChars());
}
delete object;
object = nullptr;
return nullptr;
}
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unknown identifier '%s'", Identifier.GetChars());
delete object;
object = nullptr;
return nullptr;
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxMemberIdentifier::FxMemberIdentifier(FxExpression *left, FName name, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxIdentifier(name, pos)
{
Object = left;
ExprType = EFX_MemberIdentifier;
}
FxMemberIdentifier::~FxMemberIdentifier()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Object);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxMemberIdentifier::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
PStruct *ccls = nullptr;
CHECKRESOLVED();
if (Object->ExprType == EFX_Identifier)
{
// If the left side is a class name for a static member function call it needs to be resolved manually
// because the resulting value type would cause problems in nearly every other place where identifiers are being used.
ccls = FindStructType(static_cast<FxIdentifier *>(Object)->Identifier, ctx);
if (ccls != nullptr) static_cast<FxIdentifier *>(Object)->noglobal = true;
}
SAFE_RESOLVE(Object, ctx);
if (Identifier == FName("allmap"))
{
int a = 2;
}
// check for class or struct constants if the left side is a type name.
if (Object->ValueType == TypeError)
{
if (ccls != nullptr)
{
if (!ccls->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClass)) || static_cast<PClass *>(ccls)->bExported)
{
PSymbol *sym;
if ((sym = ccls->Symbols.FindSymbol(Identifier, true)) != nullptr)
{
if (sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolConst)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_DEBUGLOG, "Resolving name '%s.%s' as constant\n", ccls->TypeName.GetChars(), Identifier.GetChars());
delete this;
return FxConstant::MakeConstant(sym, ScriptPosition);
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unable to access '%s.%s' in a static context\n", ccls->TypeName.GetChars(), Identifier.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
}
}
}
// allow accessing the color channels by mapping the type to a matching struct which defines them.
if (Object->ValueType == TypeColor)
{
Object->ValueType = TypeColorStruct;
}
if (Object->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer)))
{
auto ptype = static_cast<PPointer *>(Object->ValueType)->PointedType;
if (ptype->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PStruct)))
{
auto ret = ResolveMember(ctx, ctx.Class, Object, static_cast<PStruct *>(ptype));
delete this;
return ret;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else if (Object->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PStruct)))
{
auto ret = ResolveMember(ctx, ctx.Class, Object, static_cast<PStruct *>(Object->ValueType));
delete this;
return ret;
}
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Left side of %s is not a struct or class", Identifier.GetChars());
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxLocalVariable::FxLocalVariable(FxLocalVariableDeclaration *var, const FScriptPosition &sc)
: FxExpression(EFX_LocalVariable, sc)
{
Variable = var;
ValueType = var->ValueType;
AddressRequested = false;
RegOffset = 0;
}
FxExpression *FxLocalVariable::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
return this;
}
bool FxLocalVariable::RequestAddress(FCompileContext &ctx, bool *writable)
{
AddressRequested = true;
if (writable != nullptr) *writable = !ctx.CheckReadOnly(Variable->VarFlags);
return true;
}
ExpEmit FxLocalVariable::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
// 'Out' variables are actually pointers but this fact must be hidden to the script.
if (Variable->VarFlags & VARF_Out)
{
if (!AddressRequested)
{
ExpEmit reg(build, ValueType->GetRegType(), ValueType->GetRegCount());
build->Emit(ValueType->GetLoadOp(), reg.RegNum, Variable->RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(RegOffset));
return reg;
}
else
{
if (RegOffset == 0) return ExpEmit(Variable->RegNum, REGT_POINTER, false, true);
ExpEmit reg(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_ADDA_RK, reg.RegNum, Variable->RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(RegOffset));
return reg;
}
}
else
{
ExpEmit ret(Variable->RegNum + RegOffset, Variable->ValueType->GetRegType(), false, true);
ret.RegCount = ValueType->GetRegCount();
if (AddressRequested) ret.Target = true;
return ret;
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxStaticArrayVariable::FxStaticArrayVariable(FxLocalVariableDeclaration *var, const FScriptPosition &sc)
: FxExpression(EFX_StaticArrayVariable, sc)
{
Variable = static_cast<FxStaticArray*>(var);
ValueType = Variable->ValueType;
}
FxExpression *FxStaticArrayVariable::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
return this;
}
bool FxStaticArrayVariable::RequestAddress(FCompileContext &ctx, bool *writable)
{
AddressRequested = true;
if (writable != nullptr) *writable = false;
return true;
}
ExpEmit FxStaticArrayVariable::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
// returns the first const register for this array
return ExpEmit(Variable->StackOffset, Variable->ElementType->GetRegType(), true, false);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxSelf::FxSelf(const FScriptPosition &pos, bool deccheck)
: FxExpression(EFX_Self, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
check = deccheck;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxSelf::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
if (ctx.Function == nullptr || ctx.Function->Variants[0].SelfClass == nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "self used outside of a member function");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
ValueType = NewPointer(ctx.Function->Variants[0].SelfClass);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxSelf::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
if (check)
{
build->Emit(OP_EQA_R, 1, 0, 1);
build->Emit(OP_JMP, 1);
build->Emit(OP_THROW, 2, X_BAD_SELF);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
// self is always the first pointer passed to the function
return ExpEmit(0, REGT_POINTER, false, true);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxSuper::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
if (ctx.Function == nullptr || ctx.Function->Variants[0].SelfClass == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "super used outside of a member function");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
ValueType = TypeError; // this intentionally resolves to an invalid type so that it cannot be used outside of super calls.
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxClassDefaults::FxClassDefaults(FxExpression *X, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_ClassDefaults, pos)
{
obj = X;
EmitTail = false;
}
FxClassDefaults::~FxClassDefaults()
{
SAFE_DELETE(obj);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
PPrototype *FxClassDefaults::ReturnProto()
{
EmitTail = true;
return FxExpression::ReturnProto();
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxClassDefaults::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(obj, ctx);
assert(obj->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer)));
ValueType = NewPointer(static_cast<PPointer*>(obj->ValueType)->PointedType, true);
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxClassDefaults::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit ob = obj->Emit(build);
ob.Free(build);
ExpEmit meta(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_META, meta.RegNum, ob.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_LO, meta.RegNum, meta.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(myoffsetof(PClass, Defaults)));
return meta;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxGlobalVariable::FxGlobalVariable(PField* mem, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_GlobalVariable, pos)
{
membervar = mem;
AddressRequested = false;
AddressWritable = true; // must be true unless classx tells us otherwise if requested.
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
bool FxGlobalVariable::RequestAddress(FCompileContext &ctx, bool *writable)
{
AddressRequested = true;
if (writable != nullptr) *writable = AddressWritable && !ctx.CheckReadOnly(membervar->Flags);
return true;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxGlobalVariable::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
ValueType = membervar->Type;
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxGlobalVariable::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit obj(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_LKP, obj.RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress((void*)(intptr_t)membervar->Offset, ATAG_GENERIC));
if (AddressRequested)
{
return obj;
}
ExpEmit loc(build, membervar->Type->GetRegType(), membervar->Type->GetRegCount());
if (membervar->BitValue == -1)
{
int offsetreg = build->GetConstantInt(0);
build->Emit(membervar->Type->GetLoadOp(), loc.RegNum, obj.RegNum, offsetreg);
}
else
{
build->Emit(OP_LBIT, loc.RegNum, obj.RegNum, 1 << membervar->BitValue);
}
obj.Free(build);
return loc;
}
2016-11-20 19:24:39 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxCVar::FxCVar(FBaseCVar *cvar, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_CVar, pos)
{
CVar = cvar;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxCVar::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
switch (CVar->GetRealType())
{
case CVAR_Bool:
case CVAR_DummyBool:
ValueType = TypeBool;
break;
case CVAR_Int:
case CVAR_DummyInt:
ValueType = TypeSInt32;
break;
case CVAR_Color:
ValueType = TypeColor;
break;
case CVAR_Float:
ValueType = TypeFloat64;
break;
case CVAR_String:
ValueType = TypeString;
break;
default:
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unknown CVar type for %s", CVar->GetName());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxCVar::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit dest(build, ValueType->GetRegType());
ExpEmit addr(build, REGT_POINTER);
int nul = build->GetConstantInt(0);
switch (CVar->GetRealType())
{
case CVAR_Int:
build->Emit(OP_LKP, addr.RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress(&static_cast<FIntCVar *>(CVar)->Value, ATAG_GENERIC));
build->Emit(OP_LW, dest.RegNum, addr.RegNum, nul);
break;
case CVAR_Color:
build->Emit(OP_LKP, addr.RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress(&static_cast<FColorCVar *>(CVar)->Value, ATAG_GENERIC));
build->Emit(OP_LW, dest.RegNum, addr.RegNum, nul);
break;
case CVAR_Float:
build->Emit(OP_LKP, addr.RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress(&static_cast<FFloatCVar *>(CVar)->Value, ATAG_GENERIC));
build->Emit(OP_LSP, dest.RegNum, addr.RegNum, nul);
break;
case CVAR_Bool:
build->Emit(OP_LKP, addr.RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress(&static_cast<FBoolCVar *>(CVar)->Value, ATAG_GENERIC));
build->Emit(OP_LBU, dest.RegNum, addr.RegNum, nul);
break;
case CVAR_String:
build->Emit(OP_LKP, addr.RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress(&static_cast<FStringCVar *>(CVar)->Value, ATAG_GENERIC));
build->Emit(OP_LS, dest.RegNum, addr.RegNum, nul);
break;
case CVAR_DummyBool:
{
auto cv = static_cast<FFlagCVar *>(CVar);
build->Emit(OP_LKP, addr.RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress(&cv->ValueVar.Value, ATAG_GENERIC));
build->Emit(OP_LW, dest.RegNum, addr.RegNum, nul);
build->Emit(OP_SRL_RI, dest.RegNum, dest.RegNum, cv->BitNum);
build->Emit(OP_AND_RK, dest.RegNum, dest.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(1));
2016-11-20 19:24:39 +00:00
break;
}
2016-11-20 19:24:39 +00:00
case CVAR_DummyInt:
{
auto cv = static_cast<FMaskCVar *>(CVar);
build->Emit(OP_LKP, addr.RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress(&cv->ValueVar.Value, ATAG_GENERIC));
build->Emit(OP_LW, dest.RegNum, addr.RegNum, nul);
build->Emit(OP_AND_RK, dest.RegNum, dest.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(cv->BitVal));
build->Emit(OP_SRL_RI, dest.RegNum, dest.RegNum, cv->BitNum);
break;
}
default:
assert(false && "Unsupported CVar type");
break;
}
addr.Free(build);
2016-11-20 19:24:39 +00:00
return dest;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxStackVariable::FxStackVariable(PType *type, int offset, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_StackVariable, pos)
{
membervar = new PField(NAME_None, type, 0, offset);
AddressRequested = false;
AddressWritable = true; // must be true unless classx tells us otherwise if requested.
}
//==========================================================================
//
// force delete the PField because we know we won't need it anymore
// and it won't get GC'd until the compiler finishes.
//
//==========================================================================
FxStackVariable::~FxStackVariable()
{
// Q: Is this good or bad? Needs testing if this is fine or better left to the GC anyway. DObject's destructor is anything but cheap.
membervar->ObjectFlags |= OF_YesReallyDelete;
delete membervar;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//==========================================================================
void FxStackVariable::ReplaceField(PField *newfield)
{
membervar->ObjectFlags |= OF_YesReallyDelete;
delete membervar;
membervar = newfield;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
bool FxStackVariable::RequestAddress(FCompileContext &ctx, bool *writable)
{
AddressRequested = true;
if (writable != nullptr) *writable = AddressWritable && !ctx.CheckReadOnly(membervar->Flags);
return true;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxStackVariable::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
ValueType = membervar->Type;
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxStackVariable::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
int offsetreg = -1;
if (membervar->Offset != 0) offsetreg = build->GetConstantInt((int)membervar->Offset);
if (AddressRequested)
{
if (offsetreg >= 0)
{
ExpEmit obj(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_ADDA_RK, obj.RegNum, build->FramePointer.RegNum, offsetreg);
return obj;
}
else
{
return build->FramePointer;
}
}
ExpEmit loc(build, membervar->Type->GetRegType(), membervar->Type->GetRegCount());
if (membervar->BitValue == -1)
{
if (offsetreg == -1) offsetreg = build->GetConstantInt(0);
auto op = membervar->Type->GetLoadOp();
if (op == OP_LO) op = OP_LOS;
build->Emit(op, loc.RegNum, build->FramePointer.RegNum, offsetreg);
}
else
{
ExpEmit obj(build, REGT_POINTER);
if (offsetreg >= 0) build->Emit(OP_ADDA_RK, obj.RegNum, build->FramePointer.RegNum, offsetreg);
obj.Free(build);
build->Emit(OP_LBIT, loc.RegNum, obj.RegNum, 1 << membervar->BitValue);
}
return loc;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxStructMember::FxStructMember(FxExpression *x, PField* mem, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_StructMember, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
classx = x;
membervar = mem;
AddressRequested = false;
AddressWritable = true; // must be true unless classx tells us otherwise if requested.
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxStructMember::~FxStructMember()
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
SAFE_DELETE(classx);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
bool FxStructMember::RequestAddress(FCompileContext &ctx, bool *writable)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
// Cannot take the address of metadata variables.
if (membervar->Flags & VARF_Meta)
{
return false;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
AddressRequested = true;
if (writable != nullptr) *writable = (AddressWritable && !ctx.CheckReadOnly(membervar->Flags) &&
(!classx->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer)) || !static_cast<PPointer*>(classx->ValueType)->IsConst));
return true;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxStructMember::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(classx, ctx);
if (membervar->SymbolName == NAME_Default)
{
if (!classx->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer))
|| !static_cast<PPointer *>(classx->ValueType)->PointedType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(AActor)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "'Default' requires an actor type.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
FxExpression * x = new FxClassDefaults(classx, ScriptPosition);
classx = nullptr;
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
if (classx->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer)))
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
PPointer *ptrtype = dyn_cast<PPointer>(classx->ValueType);
if (ptrtype == nullptr || !ptrtype->PointedType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PStruct)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Member variable requires a struct or class object.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
else if (classx->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PStruct)))
{
// if this is a struct within a class or another struct we can simplify the expression by creating a new PField with a cumulative offset.
if (classx->ExprType == EFX_ClassMember || classx->ExprType == EFX_StructMember)
{
auto parentfield = static_cast<FxStructMember *>(classx)->membervar;
// PFields are garbage collected so this will be automatically taken care of later.
auto newfield = new PField(membervar->SymbolName, membervar->Type, membervar->Flags | parentfield->Flags, membervar->Offset + parentfield->Offset);
newfield->BitValue = membervar->BitValue;
static_cast<FxStructMember *>(classx)->membervar = newfield;
classx->isresolved = false; // re-resolve the parent so it can also check if it can be optimized away.
auto x = classx->Resolve(ctx);
classx = nullptr;
return x;
}
else if (classx->ExprType == EFX_GlobalVariable)
{
auto parentfield = static_cast<FxGlobalVariable *>(classx)->membervar;
auto newfield = new PField(membervar->SymbolName, membervar->Type, membervar->Flags | parentfield->Flags, membervar->Offset + parentfield->Offset);
newfield->BitValue = membervar->BitValue;
static_cast<FxGlobalVariable *>(classx)->membervar = newfield;
classx->isresolved = false; // re-resolve the parent so it can also check if it can be optimized away.
auto x = classx->Resolve(ctx);
classx = nullptr;
return x;
}
else if (classx->ExprType == EFX_StackVariable)
{
auto parentfield = static_cast<FxStackVariable *>(classx)->membervar;
auto newfield = new PField(membervar->SymbolName, membervar->Type, membervar->Flags | parentfield->Flags, membervar->Offset + parentfield->Offset);
newfield->BitValue = membervar->BitValue;
static_cast<FxStackVariable *>(classx)->ReplaceField(newfield);
classx->isresolved = false; // re-resolve the parent so it can also check if it can be optimized away.
auto x = classx->Resolve(ctx);
classx = nullptr;
return x;
}
else if (classx->ExprType == EFX_LocalVariable && classx->IsVector()) // vectors are a special case because they are held in registers
{
// since this is a vector, all potential things that may get here are single float or an xy-vector.
auto locvar = static_cast<FxLocalVariable *>(classx);
locvar->RegOffset = int(membervar->Offset / 8);
locvar->ValueType = membervar->Type;
classx = nullptr;
delete this;
return locvar;
}
else if (classx->ExprType == EFX_LocalVariable && classx->ValueType == TypeColorStruct)
{
// This needs special treatment because it'd require accessing the register via address.
// Fortunately this is the only place where this kind of access is ever needed so an explicit handling is acceptable.
int bits;
switch (membervar->SymbolName.GetIndex())
{
case NAME_a: bits = 24; break;
case NAME_r: bits = 16; break;
case NAME_g: bits = 8; break;
case NAME_b: default: bits = 0; break;
}
classx->ValueType = TypeColor; // need to set it back.
FxExpression *x = classx;
if (bits > 0) x = new FxShift(TK_URShift, x, new FxConstant(bits, ScriptPosition));
x = new FxBitOp('&', x, new FxConstant(255, ScriptPosition));
classx = nullptr;
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
else
{
if (!(classx->RequestAddress(ctx, &AddressWritable)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "unable to dereference left side of %s", membervar->SymbolName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
ValueType = membervar->Type;
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxStructMember::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ExpEmit obj = classx->Emit(build);
assert(obj.RegType == REGT_POINTER);
if (obj.Konst)
{
// If the situation where we are dereferencing a constant
// pointer is common, then it would probably be worthwhile
// to add new opcodes for those. But as of right now, I
// don't expect it to be a particularly common case.
ExpEmit newobj(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_LKP, newobj.RegNum, obj.RegNum);
obj = newobj;
}
if (membervar->Flags & VARF_Meta)
{
obj.Free(build);
ExpEmit meta(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_META, meta.RegNum, obj.RegNum);
obj = meta;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (AddressRequested)
{
if (membervar->Offset == 0)
{
return obj;
}
obj.Free(build);
ExpEmit out(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_ADDA_RK, out.RegNum, obj.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt((int)membervar->Offset));
return out;
}
int offsetreg = build->GetConstantInt((int)membervar->Offset);
ExpEmit loc(build, membervar->Type->GetRegType(), membervar->Type->GetRegCount());
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (membervar->BitValue == -1)
{
build->Emit(membervar->Type->GetLoadOp(), loc.RegNum, obj.RegNum, offsetreg);
}
else
{
ExpEmit out(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_ADDA_RK, out.RegNum, obj.RegNum, offsetreg);
build->Emit(OP_LBIT, loc.RegNum, out.RegNum, 1 << membervar->BitValue);
out.Free(build);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
obj.Free(build);
return loc;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxClassMember::FxClassMember(FxExpression *x, PField* mem, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxStructMember(x, mem, pos)
{
ExprType = EFX_ClassMember;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
FxArrayElement::FxArrayElement(FxExpression *base, FxExpression *_index)
:FxExpression(EFX_ArrayElement, base->ScriptPosition)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
Array=base;
index = _index;
AddressRequested = false;
AddressWritable = false;
SizeAddr = ~0u;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxArrayElement::~FxArrayElement()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Array);
SAFE_DELETE(index);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
bool FxArrayElement::RequestAddress(FCompileContext &ctx, bool *writable)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
AddressRequested = true;
if (writable != nullptr) *writable = AddressWritable;
return true;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxArrayElement::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Array,ctx);
SAFE_RESOLVE(index,ctx);
if (index->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT /* lax */)
{
// DECORATE allows floats here so cast them to int.
index = new FxIntCast(index, ctx.FromDecorate);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
index = index->Resolve(ctx);
if (index == nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
if (!index->IsInteger())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Array index must be integer");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
PArray *arraytype = dyn_cast<PArray>(Array->ValueType);
if (arraytype == nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
// Check if we got a pointer to an array. Some native data structures (like the line list in sectors) use this.
PPointer *ptype = dyn_cast<PPointer>(Array->ValueType);
if (ptype == nullptr || !ptype->PointedType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PArray)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "'[]' can only be used with arrays.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
arraytype = static_cast<PArray*>(ptype->PointedType);
arrayispointer = true;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (Array->IsResizableArray())
{
// if this is an array within a class or another struct we can simplify the expression by creating a new PField with a cumulative offset.
if (Array->ExprType == EFX_ClassMember || Array->ExprType == EFX_StructMember)
{
auto parentfield = static_cast<FxStructMember *>(Array)->membervar;
SizeAddr = parentfield->Offset + parentfield->Type->Align;
}
else if (Array->ExprType == EFX_GlobalVariable)
{
auto parentfield = static_cast<FxGlobalVariable *>(Array)->membervar;
SizeAddr = parentfield->Offset + parentfield->Type->Align;
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Invalid resizable array");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
else if (index->isConstant())
{
unsigned indexval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(index)->GetValue().GetInt();
if (indexval >= arraytype->ElementCount && !Array->IsResizableArray())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Array index out of bounds");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (!arrayispointer)
{
// if this is an array within a class or another struct we can simplify the expression by creating a new PField with a cumulative offset.
if (Array->ExprType == EFX_ClassMember || Array->ExprType == EFX_StructMember)
{
auto parentfield = static_cast<FxStructMember *>(Array)->membervar;
// PFields are garbage collected so this will be automatically taken care of later.
auto newfield = new PField(NAME_None, arraytype->ElementType, parentfield->Flags, indexval * arraytype->ElementSize + parentfield->Offset);
static_cast<FxStructMember *>(Array)->membervar = newfield;
Array->isresolved = false; // re-resolve the parent so it can also check if it can be optimized away.
auto x = Array->Resolve(ctx);
Array = nullptr;
return x;
}
else if (Array->ExprType == EFX_GlobalVariable)
{
auto parentfield = static_cast<FxGlobalVariable *>(Array)->membervar;
auto newfield = new PField(NAME_None, arraytype->ElementType, parentfield->Flags, indexval * arraytype->ElementSize + parentfield->Offset);
static_cast<FxGlobalVariable *>(Array)->membervar = newfield;
Array->isresolved = false; // re-resolve the parent so it can also check if it can be optimized away.
auto x = Array->Resolve(ctx);
Array = nullptr;
return x;
}
else if (Array->ExprType == EFX_StackVariable)
{
auto parentfield = static_cast<FxStackVariable *>(Array)->membervar;
auto newfield = new PField(NAME_None, arraytype->ElementType, parentfield->Flags, indexval * arraytype->ElementSize + parentfield->Offset);
static_cast<FxStackVariable *>(Array)->ReplaceField(newfield);
Array->isresolved = false; // re-resolve the parent so it can also check if it can be optimized away.
auto x = Array->Resolve(ctx);
Array = nullptr;
return x;
}
}
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ValueType = arraytype->ElementType;
if (!Array->RequestAddress(ctx, &AddressWritable))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unable to dereference array.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// in its current state this won't be able to do more than handle the args array.
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxArrayElement::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
PArray *arraytype;
if (arrayispointer)
{
arraytype = static_cast<PArray*>(static_cast<PPointer*>(Array->ValueType)->PointedType);
}
else
{
arraytype = static_cast<PArray*>(Array->ValueType);
}
ExpEmit arrayvar = Array->Emit(build);
ExpEmit start;
ExpEmit bound;
if (SizeAddr != ~0u)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
arrayvar.Free(build);
start = ExpEmit(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_LP, start.RegNum, arrayvar.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(0));
auto f = new PField(NAME_None, TypeUInt32, 0, SizeAddr);
if (Array->ExprType == EFX_ClassMember || Array->ExprType == EFX_StructMember)
{
static_cast<FxStructMember *>(Array)->membervar = f;
static_cast<FxStructMember *>(Array)->AddressRequested = false;
}
else if (Array->ExprType == EFX_GlobalVariable)
{
static_cast<FxGlobalVariable *>(Array)->membervar = f;
static_cast<FxGlobalVariable *>(Array)->AddressRequested = false;
}
Array->ValueType = TypeUInt32;
bound = Array->Emit(build);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else start = arrayvar;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (index->isConstant())
{
unsigned indexval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(index)->GetValue().GetInt();
assert(SizeAddr != ~0u || (indexval < arraytype->ElementCount && "Array index out of bounds"));
// For resizable arrays we even need to check the bounds if if the index is constant because they are not known at compile time.
if (SizeAddr != ~0u)
{
ExpEmit indexreg(build, REGT_INT);
build->EmitLoadInt(indexreg.RegNum, indexval);
build->Emit(OP_BOUND_R, indexreg.RegNum, bound.RegNum);
indexreg.Free(build);
bound.Free(build);
}
if (AddressRequested)
{
if (indexval != 0)
{
indexval *= arraytype->ElementSize;
if (!start.Fixed)
{
build->Emit(OP_ADDA_RK, start.RegNum, start.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(indexval));
}
else
{
// do not clobber local variables.
ExpEmit temp(build, start.RegType);
build->Emit(OP_ADDA_RK, temp.RegNum, start.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(indexval));
start.Free(build);
start = temp;
}
}
return start;
}
else if (!start.Konst)
{
start.Free(build);
ExpEmit dest(build, ValueType->GetRegType());
build->Emit(arraytype->ElementType->GetLoadOp(), dest.RegNum, start.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(indexval* arraytype->ElementSize));
return dest;
}
else
{
static int LK_Ops[] = { OP_LK, OP_LKF, OP_LKS, OP_LKP };
assert(start.RegType == ValueType->GetRegType());
ExpEmit dest(build, start.RegType);
build->Emit(LK_Ops[start.RegType], dest.RegNum, start.RegNum + indexval);
return dest;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
ExpEmit indexv(index->Emit(build));
if (SizeAddr != ~0u)
{
build->Emit(OP_BOUND_R, indexv.RegNum, bound.RegNum);
bound.Free(build);
}
else if (arraytype->ElementCount > 65535)
{
build->Emit(OP_BOUND_K, indexv.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(arraytype->ElementCount));
}
else
{
build->Emit(OP_BOUND, indexv.RegNum, arraytype->ElementCount);
}
if (!start.Konst)
{
int shiftbits = 0;
while (1u << shiftbits < arraytype->ElementSize)
{
shiftbits++;
}
ExpEmit indexwork = indexv.Fixed && arraytype->ElementSize > 1 ? ExpEmit(build, indexv.RegType) : indexv;
if (1u << shiftbits == arraytype->ElementSize)
{
if (shiftbits > 0)
{
build->Emit(OP_SLL_RI, indexwork.RegNum, indexv.RegNum, shiftbits);
}
}
else
{
// A shift won't do, so use a multiplication
build->Emit(OP_MUL_RK, indexwork.RegNum, indexv.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(arraytype->ElementSize));
}
indexwork.Free(build);
if (AddressRequested)
{
start.Free(build);
// do not clobber local variables.
ExpEmit temp(build, start.RegType);
build->Emit(OP_ADDA_RR, temp.RegNum, start.RegNum, indexwork.RegNum);
return temp;
}
else
{
start.Free(build);
ExpEmit dest(build, ValueType->GetRegType());
// added 1 to use the *_R version that takes the offset from a register
build->Emit(arraytype->ElementType->GetLoadOp() + 1, dest.RegNum, start.RegNum, indexwork.RegNum);
return dest;
}
}
else
{
static int LKR_Ops[] = { OP_LK_R, OP_LKF_R, OP_LKS_R, OP_LKP_R };
assert(start.RegType == ValueType->GetRegType());
ExpEmit dest(build, start.RegType);
if (start.RegNum <= 255)
{
// Since large constant tables are the exception, the constant component in C is an immediate value here.
build->Emit(LKR_Ops[start.RegType], dest.RegNum, indexv.RegNum, start.RegNum);
}
else
{
build->Emit(OP_ADD_RK, indexv.RegNum, indexv.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(start.RegNum));
build->Emit(LKR_Ops[start.RegType], dest.RegNum, indexv.RegNum, 0);
}
indexv.Free(build);
return dest;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
// Checks if a function may be called from the current context.
//
//==========================================================================
static bool CheckFunctionCompatiblity(FScriptPosition &ScriptPosition, PFunction *caller, PFunction *callee)
{
if (callee->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Method)
{
// The called function must support all usage modes of the current function. It may support more, but must not support less.
if ((callee->Variants[0].UseFlags & caller->Variants[0].UseFlags) != caller->Variants[0].UseFlags)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Function %s incompatible with current context\n", callee->SymbolName.GetChars());
return false;
}
if (!(caller->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Method))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Call to non-static function %s from a static context", callee->SymbolName.GetChars());
return false;
}
else
{
auto callingself = caller->Variants[0].SelfClass;
auto calledself = callee->Variants[0].SelfClass;
bool match = (callingself == calledself);
if (!match)
{
auto callingselfcls = dyn_cast<PClass>(caller->Variants[0].SelfClass);
auto calledselfcls = dyn_cast<PClass>(callee->Variants[0].SelfClass);
match = callingselfcls != nullptr && calledselfcls != nullptr && callingselfcls->IsDescendantOf(calledselfcls);
}
if (!match)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Call to member function %s with incompatible self pointer.", callee->SymbolName.GetChars());
return false;
}
}
}
return true;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxFunctionCall::FxFunctionCall(FName methodname, FName rngname, FArgumentList &args, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_FunctionCall, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
MethodName = methodname;
RNG = &pr_exrandom;
ArgList = std::move(args);
if (rngname != NAME_None)
{
switch (MethodName)
{
case NAME_Random:
case NAME_FRandom:
case NAME_RandomPick:
case NAME_FRandomPick:
case NAME_Random2:
RNG = FRandom::StaticFindRNG(rngname.GetChars());
break;
default:
pos.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot use named RNGs with %s", MethodName.GetChars());
break;
}
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxFunctionCall::~FxFunctionCall()
{
}
//==========================================================================
//
// Check function that gets called
//
//==========================================================================
static bool CheckArgSize(FName fname, FArgumentList &args, int min, int max, FScriptPosition &sc)
{
int s = args.Size();
if (s < min)
{
sc.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Insufficient arguments in call to %s, expected %d, got %d", fname.GetChars(), min, s);
return false;
}
else if (s > max && max >= 0)
{
sc.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Too many arguments in call to %s, expected %d, got %d", fname.GetChars(), min, s);
return false;
}
return true;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxFunctionCall::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
bool error = false;
for (auto a : ArgList)
{
if (a == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Empty function argument.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
if (ctx.Class != nullptr)
{
PFunction *afd = FindClassMemberFunction(ctx.Class, ctx.Class, MethodName, ScriptPosition, &error);
if (afd != nullptr)
{
if (ctx.Function == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unable to call function %s from constant declaration", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (!CheckFunctionCompatiblity(ScriptPosition, ctx.Function, afd))
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
auto self = (afd->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Method) ? new FxSelf(ScriptPosition) : nullptr;
auto x = new FxVMFunctionCall(self, afd, ArgList, ScriptPosition, false);
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
for (size_t i = 0; i < countof(FxFlops); ++i)
{
if (MethodName == FxFlops[i].Name)
{
FxExpression *x = new FxFlopFunctionCall(i, ArgList, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
}
int min, max, special;
if (MethodName == NAME_ACS_NamedExecuteWithResult || MethodName == NAME_CallACS)
{
special = -ACS_ExecuteWithResult;
min = 1;
max = 5;
}
else
{
special = P_FindLineSpecial(MethodName.GetChars(), &min, &max);
}
if (special != 0 && min >= 0)
{
int paramcount = ArgList.Size();
if (ctx.Function == nullptr || ctx.Class == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unable to call action special %s from constant declaration", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
else if (paramcount < min)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Not enough parameters for '%s' (expected %d, got %d)",
MethodName.GetChars(), min, paramcount);
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else if (paramcount > max)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "too many parameters for '%s' (expected %d, got %d)",
MethodName.GetChars(), max, paramcount);
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
FxExpression *self = (ctx.Function && (ctx.Function->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Method) && ctx.Class->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassActor))) ? new FxSelf(ScriptPosition) : (FxExpression*)new FxConstant(ScriptPosition);
FxExpression *x = new FxActionSpecialCall(self, special, ArgList, ScriptPosition);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
PClass *cls = FindClassType(MethodName, ctx);
if (cls != nullptr && cls->bExported)
{
if (CheckArgSize(MethodName, ArgList, 1, 1, ScriptPosition))
{
FxExpression *x = new FxDynamicCast(cls, ArgList[0]);
ArgList[0] = nullptr;
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
else
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
// Last but not least: Check builtins and type casts. The random functions can take a named RNG if specified.
// Note that for all builtins the used arguments have to be nulled in the ArgList so that they won't get deleted before they get used.
FxExpression *func = nullptr;
switch (MethodName)
{
case NAME_Color:
if (ArgList.Size() == 3 || ArgList.Size() == 4)
{
func = new FxColorLiteral(ArgList, ScriptPosition);
break;
}
// fall through
case NAME_Bool:
case NAME_Int:
case NAME_uInt:
case NAME_Float:
case NAME_Double:
case NAME_Name:
case NAME_Sound:
case NAME_State:
case NAME_SpriteID:
case NAME_TextureID:
if (CheckArgSize(MethodName, ArgList, 1, 1, ScriptPosition))
{
PType *type =
MethodName == NAME_Bool ? TypeBool :
MethodName == NAME_Int ? TypeSInt32 :
MethodName == NAME_uInt ? TypeUInt32 :
MethodName == NAME_Float ? TypeFloat64 :
MethodName == NAME_Double ? TypeFloat64 :
MethodName == NAME_Name ? TypeName :
MethodName == NAME_SpriteID ? TypeSpriteID :
MethodName == NAME_TextureID ? TypeTextureID :
MethodName == NAME_State ? TypeState :
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
MethodName == NAME_Color ? TypeColor : (PType*)TypeSound;
func = new FxTypeCast(ArgList[0], type, true, true);
ArgList[0] = nullptr;
}
break;
case NAME_GetClass:
if (CheckArgSize(NAME_GetClass, ArgList, 0, 0, ScriptPosition))
{
func = new FxGetClass(new FxSelf(ScriptPosition));
}
break;
case NAME_GetParentClass:
if (CheckArgSize(NAME_GetParentClass, ArgList, 0, 0, ScriptPosition))
{
func = new FxGetParentClass(new FxSelf(ScriptPosition));
}
break;
case NAME_GetDefaultByType:
if (CheckArgSize(NAME_GetDefaultByType, ArgList, 1, 1, ScriptPosition))
{
func = new FxGetDefaultByType(ArgList[0]);
ArgList[0] = nullptr;
}
break;
case NAME_Random:
// allow calling Random without arguments to default to (0, 255)
if (ArgList.Size() == 0)
{
func = new FxRandom(RNG, new FxConstant(0, ScriptPosition), new FxConstant(255, ScriptPosition), ScriptPosition, ctx.FromDecorate);
}
else if (CheckArgSize(NAME_Random, ArgList, 2, 2, ScriptPosition))
{
func = new FxRandom(RNG, ArgList[0], ArgList[1], ScriptPosition, ctx.FromDecorate);
ArgList[0] = ArgList[1] = nullptr;
}
break;
case NAME_FRandom:
if (CheckArgSize(NAME_FRandom, ArgList, 2, 2, ScriptPosition))
{
func = new FxFRandom(RNG, ArgList[0], ArgList[1], ScriptPosition);
ArgList[0] = ArgList[1] = nullptr;
}
break;
case NAME_RandomPick:
case NAME_FRandomPick:
if (CheckArgSize(MethodName, ArgList, 1, -1, ScriptPosition))
{
func = new FxRandomPick(RNG, ArgList, MethodName == NAME_FRandomPick, ScriptPosition, ctx.FromDecorate);
}
break;
case NAME_Random2:
if (CheckArgSize(NAME_Random2, ArgList, 0, 1, ScriptPosition))
{
func = new FxRandom2(RNG, ArgList.Size() == 0? nullptr : ArgList[0], ScriptPosition, ctx.FromDecorate);
if (ArgList.Size() > 0) ArgList[0] = nullptr;
}
break;
case NAME_Min:
case NAME_Max:
if (CheckArgSize(MethodName, ArgList, 2, -1, ScriptPosition))
{
func = new FxMinMax(ArgList, MethodName, ScriptPosition);
}
break;
case NAME_Clamp:
if (CheckArgSize(MethodName, ArgList, 3, 3, ScriptPosition))
{
TArray<FxExpression *> pass;
pass.Resize(2);
pass[0] = ArgList[0];
pass[1] = ArgList[1];
pass[0] = new FxMinMax(pass, NAME_Max, ScriptPosition);
pass[1] = ArgList[2];
func = new FxMinMax(pass, NAME_Min, ScriptPosition);
ArgList[0] = ArgList[1] = ArgList[2] = nullptr;
}
break;
case NAME_Abs:
if (CheckArgSize(MethodName, ArgList, 1, 1, ScriptPosition))
{
func = new FxAbs(ArgList[0]);
ArgList[0] = nullptr;
}
break;
case NAME_ATan2:
case NAME_VectorAngle:
if (CheckArgSize(MethodName, ArgList, 2, 2, ScriptPosition))
{
func = MethodName == NAME_ATan2 ? new FxATan2(ArgList[0], ArgList[1], ScriptPosition) : new FxATan2(ArgList[1], ArgList[0], ScriptPosition);
ArgList[0] = ArgList[1] = nullptr;
}
break;
case NAME_New:
if (CheckArgSize(MethodName, ArgList, 1, 1, ScriptPosition))
{
func = new FxNew(ArgList[0]);
ArgList[0] = nullptr;
}
break;
default:
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Call to unknown function '%s'", MethodName.GetChars());
break;
}
if (func != nullptr)
{
delete this;
return func->Resolve(ctx);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxMemberFunctionCall::FxMemberFunctionCall(FxExpression *self, FName methodname, FArgumentList &args, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_MemberFunctionCall, pos)
{
Self = self;
MethodName = methodname;
ArgList = std::move(args);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxMemberFunctionCall::~FxMemberFunctionCall()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Self);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxMemberFunctionCall::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
PStruct *cls;
bool staticonly = false;
bool novirtual = false;
PStruct *ccls = nullptr;
if (ctx.Class == nullptr)
{
// There's no way that a member function call can resolve to a constant so abort right away.
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Expression is not constant.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
for (auto a : ArgList)
{
if (a == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Empty function argument.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
if (Self->ExprType == EFX_Identifier)
{
auto id = static_cast<FxIdentifier *>(Self)->Identifier;
// If the left side is a class name for a static member function call it needs to be resolved manually
// because the resulting value type would cause problems in nearly every other place where identifiers are being used.
if (id == NAME_String) ccls = TypeStringStruct;
else ccls = FindStructType(id, ctx);
if (ccls != nullptr) static_cast<FxIdentifier *>(Self)->noglobal = true;
}
SAFE_RESOLVE(Self, ctx);
if (Self->ValueType == TypeError)
{
if (ccls != nullptr)
{
// [ZZ] substitute ccls for String internal type.
if (!ccls->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClass)) || static_cast<PClass *>(ccls)->bExported)
{
cls = ccls;
staticonly = true;
if (ccls->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClass)))
{
if (ctx.Function == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unable to call %s from constant declaration", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
auto clstype = dyn_cast<PClass>(ctx.Function->Variants[0].SelfClass);
if (clstype != nullptr)
{
novirtual = clstype->IsDescendantOf(static_cast<PClass*>(ccls));
if (novirtual)
{
bool error;
PFunction *afd = FindClassMemberFunction(ccls, ctx.Class, MethodName, ScriptPosition, &error);
if ((afd->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Method) && (afd->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Virtual))
{
staticonly = false;
novirtual = true;
delete Self;
Self = new FxSelf(ScriptPosition);
Self->ValueType = NewPointer(cls);
}
}
}
}
if (!novirtual) goto isresolved;
}
}
}
if (Self->ExprType == EFX_Super)
{
if (ctx.Function == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unable to call %s from constant declaration", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
auto clstype = dyn_cast<PClass>(ctx.Function->Variants[0].SelfClass);
if (clstype != nullptr)
{
// give the node the proper value type now that we know it's properly used.
cls = clstype->ParentClass;
Self->ValueType = NewPointer(cls);
Self->ExprType = EFX_Self;
novirtual = true; // super calls are always non-virtual
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Super requires a class type");
}
}
// Note: These builtins would better be relegated to the actual type objects, instead of polluting this file, but that's a task for later.
// Texture builtins.
else if (Self->ValueType == TypeTextureID)
{
if (MethodName == NAME_IsValid || MethodName == NAME_IsNull || MethodName == NAME_Exists || MethodName == NAME_SetInvalid || MethodName == NAME_SetNull)
{
if (ArgList.Size() > 0)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "too many parameters in call to %s", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// No need to create a dedicated node here, all builtins map directly to trivial operations.
Self->ValueType = TypeSInt32; // all builtins treat the texture index as integer.
FxExpression *x;
switch (MethodName)
{
case NAME_IsValid:
x = new FxCompareRel('>', Self, new FxConstant(0, ScriptPosition));
break;
case NAME_IsNull:
x = new FxCompareEq(TK_Eq, Self, new FxConstant(0, ScriptPosition));
break;
case NAME_Exists:
x = new FxCompareRel(TK_Geq, Self, new FxConstant(0, ScriptPosition));
break;
case NAME_SetInvalid:
x = new FxAssign(Self, new FxConstant(-1, ScriptPosition));
break;
case NAME_SetNull:
x = new FxAssign(Self, new FxConstant(0, ScriptPosition));
break;
}
Self = nullptr;
SAFE_RESOLVE(x, ctx);
if (MethodName == NAME_SetInvalid || MethodName == NAME_SetNull) x->ValueType = TypeVoid; // override the default type of the assignment operator.
delete this;
return x;
}
}
else if (Self->IsVector())
{
// handle builtins: Vectors got 2: Length and Unit.
if (MethodName == NAME_Length || MethodName == NAME_Unit)
{
if (ArgList.Size() > 0)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "too many parameters in call to %s", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
auto x = new FxVectorBuiltin(Self, MethodName);
Self = nullptr;
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
}
else if (Self->ValueType == TypeString)
{
2017-01-15 00:02:38 +00:00
if (MethodName == NAME_Length) // This is an intrinsic because a dedicated opcode exists for it.
{
auto x = new FxStrLen(Self);
Self = nullptr;
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
// same for String methods. It also uses a hidden struct type to define them.
Self->ValueType = TypeStringStruct;
}
else if (Self->IsArray())
{
if (MethodName == NAME_Size)
{
if (ArgList.Size() > 0)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "too many parameters in call to %s", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (!Self->IsResizableArray())
{
auto atype = Self->ValueType;
if (Self->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer))) atype = static_cast<PPointer*>(ValueType)->PointedType;
auto size = static_cast<PArray*>(atype)->ElementCount;
auto x = new FxConstant(size, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
else
{
// Resizable arrays can only be defined in C code and they can only exist in pointer form to reduce their impact on the code generator.
if (Self->ExprType == EFX_StructMember || Self->ExprType == EFX_ClassMember)
{
auto member = static_cast<FxStructMember*>(Self);
auto newfield = new PField(NAME_None, TypeUInt32, VARF_ReadOnly, member->membervar->Offset + member->membervar->Type->Align); // the size is stored right behind the pointer.
member->membervar = newfield;
Self = nullptr;
delete this;
member->ValueType = TypeUInt32;
return member;
}
else if (Self->ExprType == EFX_GlobalVariable)
{
auto member = static_cast<FxGlobalVariable*>(Self);
auto newfield = new PField(NAME_None, TypeUInt32, VARF_ReadOnly, member->membervar->Offset + member->membervar->Type->Align); // the size is stored right behind the pointer.
member->membervar = newfield;
Self = nullptr;
delete this;
member->ValueType = TypeUInt32;
return member;
}
else
{
// This should never happen because resizable arrays cannot be defined in scripts.
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot retrieve size of array");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
}
}
if (MethodName == NAME_GetParentClass &&
(Self->IsObject() || Self->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassPointer))))
{
if (ArgList.Size() > 0)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "too many parameters in call to %s", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
auto x = new FxGetParentClass(Self);
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
if (Self->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer)))
{
auto ptype = static_cast<PPointer *>(Self->ValueType)->PointedType;
if (ptype->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PStruct)))
{
if (ptype->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClass)) && MethodName == NAME_GetClass)
{
if (ArgList.Size() > 0)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "too many parameters in call to %s", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
auto x = new FxGetClass(Self);
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
cls = static_cast<PStruct *>(ptype);
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Left hand side of %s must point to a class object\n", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
else if (Self->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PStruct)))
{
bool writable;
if (Self->RequestAddress(ctx, &writable) && writable)
{
cls = static_cast<PStruct*>(Self->ValueType);
Self->ValueType = NewPointer(Self->ValueType);
}
else
{
// Cannot be made writable so we cannot use its methods.
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Invalid expression on left hand side of %s\n", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Invalid expression on left hand side of %s\n", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// Todo: handle member calls from instantiated structs.
isresolved:
bool error = false;
PFunction *afd = FindClassMemberFunction(cls, ctx.Class, MethodName, ScriptPosition, &error);
if (error)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (afd == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unknown function %s\n", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (staticonly && (afd->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Method))
{
if (!novirtual || !(afd->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Virtual))
{
auto clstype = dyn_cast<PClass>(ctx.Class);
auto ccls = dyn_cast<PClass>(cls);
if (clstype == nullptr || ccls == nullptr || !clstype->IsDescendantOf(ccls))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot call non-static function %s::%s from here\n", cls->TypeName.GetChars(), MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
else
{
// Todo: If this is a qualified call to a parent class function, let it through (but this needs to disable virtual calls later.)
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Qualified member call to parent class %s::%s is not yet implemented\n", cls->TypeName.GetChars(), MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
}
if (afd->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Method)
{
if (ctx.Function == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unable to call %s from constant declaration", MethodName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (Self->ExprType == EFX_Self)
{
if (!CheckFunctionCompatiblity(ScriptPosition, ctx.Function, afd))
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
else
{
// Functions with no Actor usage may not be called through a pointer because they will lose their context.
if (!(afd->Variants[0].UseFlags & SUF_ACTOR))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Function %s cannot be used with a non-self object\n", afd->SymbolName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
}
// do not pass the self pointer to static functions.
auto self = (afd->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Method) ? Self : nullptr;
auto x = new FxVMFunctionCall(self, afd, ArgList, ScriptPosition, staticonly|novirtual);
if (Self == self) Self = nullptr;
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
// FxActionSpecialCall
//
// If special is negative, then the first argument will be treated as a
// name for ACS_NamedExecuteWithResult.
//
//==========================================================================
FxActionSpecialCall::FxActionSpecialCall(FxExpression *self, int special, FArgumentList &args, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_ActionSpecialCall, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
Self = self;
Special = special;
ArgList = std::move(args);
EmitTail = false;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxActionSpecialCall::~FxActionSpecialCall()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Self);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
PPrototype *FxActionSpecialCall::ReturnProto()
{
EmitTail = true;
return FxExpression::ReturnProto();
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
FxExpression *FxActionSpecialCall::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
bool failed = false;
SAFE_RESOLVE_OPT(Self, ctx);
for (unsigned i = 0; i < ArgList.Size(); i++)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ArgList[i] = ArgList[i]->Resolve(ctx);
if (ArgList[i] == nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
failed = true;
}
else if (Special < 0 && i == 0)
{
if (ArgList[i]->ValueType == TypeString)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ArgList[i] = new FxNameCast(ArgList[i]);
ArgList[i] = ArgList[i]->Resolve(ctx);
if (ArgList[i] == nullptr)
{
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
failed = true;
}
}
else if (ArgList[i]->ValueType != TypeName)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Name expected for parameter %d", i);
failed = true;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
else if (!ArgList[i]->IsInteger())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (ArgList[i]->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_FLOAT /* lax */)
{
ArgList[i] = new FxIntCast(ArgList[i], ctx.FromDecorate);
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Integer expected for parameter %d", i);
failed = true;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
if (failed)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ValueType = TypeSInt32;
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
int BuiltinCallLineSpecial(VMValue *param, TArray<VMValue> &defaultparam, int numparam, VMReturn *ret, int numret)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
assert(numparam > 2 && numparam < 8);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
assert(param[0].Type == REGT_INT);
assert(param[1].Type == REGT_POINTER);
int v[5] = { 0 };
for (int i = 2; i < numparam; ++i)
{
v[i - 2] = param[i].i;
}
ACTION_RETURN_INT(P_ExecuteSpecial(param[0].i, nullptr, reinterpret_cast<AActor*>(param[1].a), false, v[0], v[1], v[2], v[3], v[4]));
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
ExpEmit FxActionSpecialCall::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
unsigned i = 0;
build->Emit(OP_PARAMI, abs(Special)); // pass special number
ExpEmit selfemit(Self->Emit(build));
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, selfemit.Konst ? REGT_POINTER | REGT_KONST : REGT_POINTER, selfemit.RegNum); // pass special number
for (; i < ArgList.Size(); ++i)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
FxExpression *argex = ArgList[i];
if (Special < 0 && i == 0)
{
assert(argex->ValueType == TypeName);
assert(argex->isConstant());
build->EmitParamInt(-static_cast<FxConstant *>(argex)->GetValue().GetName());
}
else
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
assert(argex->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT);
if (argex->isConstant())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
build->EmitParamInt(static_cast<FxConstant *>(argex)->GetValue().GetInt());
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
ExpEmit arg(argex->Emit(build));
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, arg.RegType, arg.RegNum);
arg.Free(build);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
}
// Call the BuiltinCallLineSpecial function to perform the desired special.
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
VMFunction *callfunc;
PSymbol *sym = FindBuiltinFunction(NAME_BuiltinCallLineSpecial, BuiltinCallLineSpecial);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
assert(sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolVMFunction)));
assert(((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function != nullptr);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
callfunc = ((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function;
ArgList.DeleteAndClear();
ArgList.ShrinkToFit();
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (build->FramePointer.Fixed) EmitTail = false; // do not tail call if the stack is in use
if (EmitTail)
{
build->Emit(OP_TAIL_K, build->GetConstantAddress(callfunc, ATAG_OBJECT), 2 + i, 0);
ExpEmit call;
call.Final = true;
return call;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ExpEmit dest(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_CALL_K, build->GetConstantAddress(callfunc, ATAG_OBJECT), 2 + i, 1);
build->Emit(OP_RESULT, 0, REGT_INT, dest.RegNum);
return dest;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxVMFunctionCall
//
//==========================================================================
FxVMFunctionCall::FxVMFunctionCall(FxExpression *self, PFunction *func, FArgumentList &args, const FScriptPosition &pos, bool novirtual)
: FxExpression(EFX_VMFunctionCall, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
Self = self;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
Function = func;
ArgList = std::move(args);
EmitTail = false;
NoVirtual = novirtual;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxVMFunctionCall::~FxVMFunctionCall()
{
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
PPrototype *FxVMFunctionCall::ReturnProto()
{
EmitTail = true;
return Function->Variants[0].Proto;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
VMFunction *FxVMFunctionCall::GetDirectFunction()
{
// If this return statement calls a non-virtual function with no arguments,
// then it can be a "direct" function. That is, the DECORATE
// definition can call that function directly without wrapping
// it inside VM code.
if (ArgList.Size() == 0 && !(Function->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Virtual))
{
unsigned imp = Function->GetImplicitArgs();
if (Function->Variants[0].ArgFlags.Size() > imp && !(Function->Variants[0].ArgFlags[imp] & VARF_Optional)) return nullptr;
return Function->Variants[0].Implementation;
}
return nullptr;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
// FxVMFunctionCall :: Resolve
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxVMFunctionCall::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE_OPT(Self, ctx);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
bool failed = false;
auto proto = Function->Variants[0].Proto;
auto &argtypes = proto->ArgumentTypes;
auto &argnames = Function->Variants[0].ArgNames;
auto &argflags = Function->Variants[0].ArgFlags;
auto &defaults = Function->Variants[0].Implementation->DefaultArgs;
int implicit = Function->GetImplicitArgs();
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
// This should never happen.
if (Self == nullptr && (Function->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Method))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Call to non-static function without a self pointer");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (ArgList.Size() > 0)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
bool foundvarargs = false;
PType * type = nullptr;
int flag = 0;
if (argtypes.Last() != nullptr && ArgList.Size() + implicit > argtypes.Size())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Too many arguments in call to %s", Function->SymbolName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
for (unsigned i = 0; i < ArgList.Size(); i++)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
// Varargs must all have the same type as the last typed argument. A_Jump is the only function using it.
// [ZZ] Varargs MAY have arbitrary types if the method is marked vararg.
if (!foundvarargs)
{
if (argtypes[i + implicit] == nullptr) foundvarargs = true;
else
{
type = argtypes[i + implicit];
flag = argflags[i + implicit];
}
}
assert(type != nullptr);
if (ArgList[i]->ExprType == EFX_NamedNode)
{
if (!(flag & VARF_Optional))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot use a named argument here - not all required arguments have been passed.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (foundvarargs)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot use a named argument in the varargs part of the parameter list.");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
unsigned j;
bool done = false;
FName name = static_cast<FxNamedNode *>(ArgList[i])->name;
for (j = 0; j < argnames.Size() - implicit; j++)
{
if (argnames[j + implicit] == name)
{
if (j < i)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Named argument %s comes before current position in argument list.", name.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// copy the original argument into the list
auto old = static_cast<FxNamedNode *>(ArgList[i]);
ArgList[i] = old->value;
old->value = nullptr;
delete old;
// now fill the gap with constants created from the default list so that we got a full list of arguments.
int insert = j - i;
for (int k = 0; k < insert; k++)
{
auto ntype = argtypes[i + k + implicit];
// If this is a reference argument, the pointer type must be undone because the code below expects the pointed type as value type.
if (argflags[i + k + implicit] & VARF_Ref)
{
assert(ntype->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer)));
ntype = TypeNullPtr; // the default of a reference type can only be a null pointer
}
auto x = new FxConstant(ntype, defaults[i + k + implicit], ScriptPosition);
ArgList.Insert(i + k, x);
}
done = true;
break;
}
}
if (!done)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Named argument %s not found.", name.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// re-get the proper info for the inserted node.
type = argtypes[i + implicit];
flag = argflags[i + implicit];
}
2017-01-21 10:46:23 +00:00
FxExpression *x = nullptr;
if (foundvarargs && (Function->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_VarArg))
{
// only cast implicit-string types for vararg, leave everything else as-is
// this was outright copypasted from FxFormat
x = ArgList[i]->Resolve(ctx);
if (x)
{
if (x->ValueType == TypeName ||
x->ValueType == TypeSound)
{
x = new FxStringCast(ArgList[i]);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
}
}
}
else if (!(flag & (VARF_Ref|VARF_Out)))
{
x = new FxTypeCast(ArgList[i], type, false);
x = x->Resolve(ctx);
}
else
{
bool writable;
ArgList[i] = ArgList[i]->Resolve(ctx); // nust be resolved before the address is requested.
if (ArgList[i] != nullptr && ArgList[i]->ValueType != TypeNullPtr)
{
ArgList[i]->RequestAddress(ctx, &writable);
if (flag & VARF_Ref) ArgList[i]->ValueType = NewPointer(ArgList[i]->ValueType);
// For a reference argument the types must match 100%.
if (type != ArgList[i]->ValueType)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Type mismatch in reference argument %s", Function->SymbolName.GetChars());
x = nullptr;
}
else
{
x = ArgList[i];
}
}
else x = ArgList[i];
}
failed |= (x == nullptr);
ArgList[i] = x;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
int numargs = ArgList.Size() + implicit;
if ((unsigned)numargs < argtypes.Size() && argtypes[numargs] != nullptr)
{
auto flags = Function->Variants[0].ArgFlags[numargs];
if (!(flags & VARF_Optional))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Insufficient arguments in call to %s", Function->SymbolName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
2016-11-11 22:32:13 +00:00
}
else
{
if ((unsigned)implicit < argtypes.Size() && argtypes[implicit] != nullptr)
{
auto flags = Function->Variants[0].ArgFlags[implicit];
if (!(flags & VARF_Optional))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Insufficient arguments in call to %s", Function->SymbolName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (failed)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
TArray<PType *> &rets = proto->ReturnTypes;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (rets.Size() > 0)
{
ValueType = rets[0];
}
else
{
ValueType = TypeVoid;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxVMFunctionCall::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(build->Registers[REGT_POINTER].GetMostUsed() >= build->NumImplicits);
int count = 0;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (build->FramePointer.Fixed) EmitTail = false; // do not tail call if the stack is in use
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (count == 1)
{
ExpEmit reg;
if (CheckEmitCast(build, EmitTail, reg))
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ArgList.DeleteAndClear();
ArgList.ShrinkToFit();
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return reg;
}
}
VMFunction *vmfunc = Function->Variants[0].Implementation;
2016-11-26 11:45:17 +00:00
bool staticcall = (vmfunc->Final || vmfunc->VirtualIndex == ~0u || NoVirtual);
count = 0;
// Emit code to pass implied parameters
ExpEmit selfemit;
if (Function->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Method)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
assert(Self != nullptr);
selfemit = Self->Emit(build);
assert((selfemit.RegType == REGT_POINTER) || (selfemit.Fixed && selfemit.Target));
if (selfemit.Fixed && selfemit.Target)
{
// Address of a local variable.
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, selfemit.RegType | REGT_ADDROF, selfemit.RegNum);
}
else
{
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, selfemit.RegType, selfemit.RegNum);
}
count += 1;
if (Function->Variants[0].Flags & VARF_Action)
{
static_assert(NAP == 3, "This code needs to be updated if NAP changes");
if (build->NumImplicits == NAP && selfemit.RegNum == 0) // only pass this function's stateowner and stateinfo if the subfunction is run in self's context.
{
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, REGT_POINTER, 1);
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, REGT_POINTER, 2);
}
else
{
// pass self as stateowner, otherwise all attempts of the subfunction to retrieve a state from a name would fail.
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, selfemit.RegType, selfemit.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, REGT_POINTER | REGT_KONST, build->GetConstantAddress(nullptr, ATAG_GENERIC));
}
count += 2;
}
if (staticcall) selfemit.Free(build);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else staticcall = true;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
// Emit code to pass explicit parameters
for (unsigned i = 0; i < ArgList.Size(); ++i)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
count += EmitParameter(build, ArgList[i], ScriptPosition);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
ArgList.DeleteAndClear();
ArgList.ShrinkToFit();
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
// Get a constant register for this function
if (staticcall)
{
int funcaddr = build->GetConstantAddress(vmfunc, ATAG_OBJECT);
// Emit the call
if (EmitTail)
{ // Tail call
build->Emit(OP_TAIL_K, funcaddr, count, 0);
ExpEmit call;
call.Final = true;
return call;
}
else if (vmfunc->Proto->ReturnTypes.Size() > 0)
{ // Call, expecting one result
build->Emit(OP_CALL_K, funcaddr, count, MAX(1, AssignCount));
goto handlereturns;
}
else
{ // Call, expecting no results
build->Emit(OP_CALL_K, funcaddr, count, 0);
return ExpEmit();
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
selfemit.Free(build);
ExpEmit funcreg(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_VTBL, funcreg.RegNum, selfemit.RegNum, vmfunc->VirtualIndex);
if (EmitTail)
{ // Tail call
build->Emit(OP_TAIL, funcreg.RegNum, count, 0);
ExpEmit call;
call.Final = true;
return call;
}
else if (vmfunc->Proto->ReturnTypes.Size() > 0)
{ // Call, expecting one result
build->Emit(OP_CALL, funcreg.RegNum, count, MAX(1, AssignCount));
goto handlereturns;
}
else
{ // Call, expecting no results
build->Emit(OP_CALL, funcreg.RegNum, count, 0);
return ExpEmit();
}
}
handlereturns:
if (AssignCount == 0)
{
// Regular call, will not write to ReturnRegs
ExpEmit reg(build, vmfunc->Proto->ReturnTypes[0]->GetRegType(), vmfunc->Proto->ReturnTypes[0]->GetRegCount());
build->Emit(OP_RESULT, 0, EncodeRegType(reg), reg.RegNum);
return reg;
}
else
{
// Multi-Assignment call, this must fill in the ReturnRegs array so that the multi-assignment operator can dispatch the return values.
assert((unsigned)AssignCount <= vmfunc->Proto->ReturnTypes.Size());
for (int i = 0; i < AssignCount; i++)
{
ExpEmit reg(build, vmfunc->Proto->ReturnTypes[i]->GetRegType(), vmfunc->Proto->ReturnTypes[i]->GetRegCount());
build->Emit(OP_RESULT, 0, EncodeRegType(reg), reg.RegNum);
ReturnRegs.Push(reg);
}
return ExpEmit();
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
//==========================================================================
//
// If calling one of the casting kludge functions, don't bother calling the
// function; just use the parameter directly. Returns true if this was a
// kludge function, false otherwise.
//
//==========================================================================
bool FxVMFunctionCall::CheckEmitCast(VMFunctionBuilder *build, bool returnit, ExpEmit &reg)
{
FName funcname = Function->SymbolName;
if (funcname == NAME___decorate_internal_int__ ||
funcname == NAME___decorate_internal_bool__ ||
funcname == NAME___decorate_internal_float__)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
FxExpression *arg = ArgList[0];
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (returnit)
{
if (arg->isConstant() &&
(funcname == NAME___decorate_internal_int__ ||
funcname == NAME___decorate_internal_bool__))
{ // Use immediate version for integers in range
build->EmitRetInt(0, true, static_cast<FxConstant *>(arg)->GetValue().Int);
}
else
{
ExpEmit where = arg->Emit(build);
build->Emit(OP_RET, RET_FINAL, EncodeRegType(where), where.RegNum);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
where.Free(build);
}
reg = ExpEmit();
reg.Final = true;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
reg = arg->Emit(build);
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxFlopFunctionCall::FxFlopFunctionCall(size_t index, FArgumentList &args, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_FlopFunctionCall, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
assert(index < countof(FxFlops) && "FLOP index out of range");
Index = (int)index;
ArgList = std::move(args);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxFlopFunctionCall::~FxFlopFunctionCall()
{
}
FxExpression *FxFlopFunctionCall::Resolve(FCompileContext& ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
if (ArgList.Size() != 1)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "%s only has one parameter", FName(FxFlops[Index].Name).GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
ArgList[0] = ArgList[0]->Resolve(ctx);
if (ArgList[0] == nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (!ArgList[0]->IsNumeric())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "numeric value expected for parameter");
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (ArgList[0]->isConstant())
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
double v = static_cast<FxConstant *>(ArgList[0])->GetValue().GetFloat();
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
v = FxFlops[Index].Evaluate(v);
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(v, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x;
}
if (ArgList[0]->ValueType->GetRegType() == REGT_INT)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ArgList[0] = new FxFloatCast(ArgList[0]);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
ValueType = TypeFloat64;
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxFlopFunctionCall::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(ValueType == ArgList[0]->ValueType);
ExpEmit from = ArgList[0]->Emit(build);
ExpEmit to;
assert(from.Konst == 0);
assert(ValueType->GetRegCount() == 1);
// Do it in-place, unless a local variable
if (from.Fixed)
{
to = ExpEmit(build, from.RegType);
from.Free(build);
}
else
{
to = from;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
build->Emit(OP_FLOP, to.RegNum, from.RegNum, FxFlops[Index].Flop);
ArgList.DeleteAndClear();
ArgList.ShrinkToFit();
return to;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxVectorBuiltin::FxVectorBuiltin(FxExpression *self, FName name)
:FxExpression(EFX_VectorBuiltin, self->ScriptPosition)
{
Self = self;
Function = name;
}
FxVectorBuiltin::~FxVectorBuiltin()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Self);
}
FxExpression *FxVectorBuiltin::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
SAFE_RESOLVE(Self, ctx);
assert(Self->IsVector()); // should never be created for anything else.
ValueType = Function == NAME_Length ? TypeFloat64 : Self->ValueType;
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxVectorBuiltin::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit to(build, ValueType->GetRegType(), ValueType->GetRegCount());
ExpEmit op = Self->Emit(build);
if (Function == NAME_Length)
{
build->Emit(Self->ValueType == TypeVector2 ? OP_LENV2 : OP_LENV3, to.RegNum, op.RegNum);
}
else
{
ExpEmit len(build, REGT_FLOAT);
build->Emit(Self->ValueType == TypeVector2 ? OP_LENV2 : OP_LENV3, len.RegNum, op.RegNum);
build->Emit(Self->ValueType == TypeVector2 ? OP_DIVVF2_RR : OP_DIVVF3_RR, to.RegNum, op.RegNum, len.RegNum);
len.Free(build);
}
op.Free(build);
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//==========================================================================
2017-01-15 00:02:38 +00:00
FxStrLen::FxStrLen(FxExpression *self)
:FxExpression(EFX_StrLen, self->ScriptPosition)
{
Self = self;
}
FxStrLen::~FxStrLen()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Self);
}
FxExpression *FxStrLen::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
SAFE_RESOLVE(Self, ctx);
assert(Self->ValueType == TypeString);
ValueType = TypeUInt32;
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxStrLen::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_INT);
ExpEmit op = Self->Emit(build);
build->Emit(OP_LENS, to.RegNum, op.RegNum);
op.Free(build);
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxGetClass::FxGetClass(FxExpression *self)
:FxExpression(EFX_GetClass, self->ScriptPosition)
{
Self = self;
}
FxGetClass::~FxGetClass()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Self);
}
FxExpression *FxGetClass::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
SAFE_RESOLVE(Self, ctx);
if (!Self->IsObject())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "GetClass() requires an object");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
ValueType = NewClassPointer(static_cast<PClass*>(static_cast<PPointer*>(Self->ValueType)->PointedType));
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxGetClass::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit op = Self->Emit(build);
op.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_META, to.RegNum, op.RegNum);
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxGetParentClass::FxGetParentClass(FxExpression *self)
2017-01-15 00:02:38 +00:00
:FxExpression(EFX_GetParentClass, self->ScriptPosition)
{
Self = self;
}
FxGetParentClass::~FxGetParentClass()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Self);
}
FxExpression *FxGetParentClass::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
SAFE_RESOLVE(Self, ctx);
if (!Self->ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassPointer)) && !Self->IsObject())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "GetClass() requires an object");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
ValueType = NewClassPointer(RUNTIME_CLASS(DObject)); //
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxGetParentClass::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit op = Self->Emit(build);
op.Free(build);
if (Self->IsObject())
{
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_META, to.RegNum, op.RegNum);
op = to;
op.Free(build);
}
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_LO, to.RegNum, op.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(myoffsetof(PClass, ParentClass)));
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxGetDefaultByType::FxGetDefaultByType(FxExpression *self)
:FxExpression(EFX_GetDefaultByType, self->ScriptPosition)
{
Self = self;
}
FxGetDefaultByType::~FxGetDefaultByType()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Self);
}
FxExpression *FxGetDefaultByType::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
SAFE_RESOLVE(Self, ctx);
PClass *cls = nullptr;
if (Self->ValueType == TypeString || Self->ValueType == TypeName)
{
if (Self->isConstant())
{
cls = PClass::FindActor(static_cast<FxConstant *>(Self)->GetValue().GetName());
if (cls == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "GetDefaultByType() requires an actor class type, but got %s", static_cast<FxConstant *>(Self)->GetValue().GetString().GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
Self = new FxConstant(cls, NewClassPointer(cls), ScriptPosition);
}
else
{
// this is the ugly case. We do not know what we have and cannot do proper type casting.
// For now error out and let this case require explicit handling on the user side.
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "GetDefaultByType() requires an actor class type, but got %s", static_cast<FxConstant *>(Self)->GetValue().GetString().GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
else
{
auto cp = dyn_cast<PClassPointer>(Self->ValueType);
if (cp == nullptr || !cp->ClassRestriction->IsDescendantOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(AActor)))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "GetDefaultByType() requires an actor class type");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
cls = cp->ClassRestriction;
}
ValueType = NewPointer(cls, true);
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxGetDefaultByType::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit op = Self->Emit(build);
op.Free(build);
ExpEmit to(build, REGT_POINTER);
if (op.Konst)
{
build->Emit(OP_LKP, to.RegNum, op.RegNum);
op = to;
}
build->Emit(OP_LO, to.RegNum, op.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(myoffsetof(PClass, Defaults)));
return to;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxColorLiteral::FxColorLiteral(FArgumentList &args, FScriptPosition &sc)
:FxExpression(EFX_ColorLiteral, sc)
{
ArgList = std::move(args);
}
FxExpression *FxColorLiteral::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
unsigned constelements = 0;
assert(ArgList.Size() == 3 || ArgList.Size() == 4);
if (ArgList.Size() == 3) ArgList.Insert(0, nullptr);
for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
{
if (ArgList[i] != nullptr)
{
SAFE_RESOLVE(ArgList[i], ctx);
if (!ArgList[i]->IsInteger())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Integer expected for color component");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (ArgList[i]->isConstant())
{
constval += clamp(static_cast<FxConstant *>(ArgList[i])->GetValue().GetInt(), 0, 255) << (24 - i * 8);
delete ArgList[i];
ArgList[i] = nullptr;
constelements++;
}
}
else constelements++;
}
if (constelements == 4)
{
auto x = new FxConstant(constval, ScriptPosition);
x->ValueType = TypeColor;
delete this;
return x;
}
ValueType = TypeColor;
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxColorLiteral::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit out(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_LK, out.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(constval));
for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
{
if (ArgList[i] != nullptr)
{
assert(!ArgList[i]->isConstant());
ExpEmit in = ArgList[i]->Emit(build);
in.Free(build);
ExpEmit work(build, REGT_INT);
build->Emit(OP_MAX_RK, work.RegNum, in.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(0));
build->Emit(OP_MIN_RK, work.RegNum, work.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(255));
if (i != 3) build->Emit(OP_SLL_RI, work.RegNum, work.RegNum, 24 - (i * 8));
build->Emit(OP_OR_RR, out.RegNum, out.RegNum, work.RegNum);
}
}
return out;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
// FxSequence :: Resolve
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxSequence::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
bool fail = false;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
for (unsigned i = 0; i < Expressions.Size(); ++i)
{
if (nullptr == (Expressions[i] = Expressions[i]->Resolve(ctx)))
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
fail = true;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
2016-11-11 21:14:29 +00:00
else if (Expressions[i]->ValueType == TypeError)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Invalid statement");
fail = true;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (fail)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxSequence :: CheckReturn
//
//==========================================================================
bool FxSequence::CheckReturn()
{
// a sequence always returns when its last element returns.
return Expressions.Size() > 0 && Expressions.Last()->CheckReturn();
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
// FxSequence :: Emit
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxSequence::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
for (unsigned i = 0; i < Expressions.Size(); ++i)
{
Expressions[i]->EmitStatement(build);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
return ExpEmit();
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxSequence :: GetDirectFunction
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//
//==========================================================================
VMFunction *FxSequence::GetDirectFunction()
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (Expressions.Size() == 1)
{
return Expressions[0]->GetDirectFunction();
}
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxCompoundStatement :: Resolve
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxCompoundStatement::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
auto outer = ctx.Block;
Outer = ctx.Block;
ctx.Block = this;
auto x = FxSequence::Resolve(ctx);
ctx.Block = outer;
return x;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxCompoundStatement :: Emit
//
//==========================================================================
ExpEmit FxCompoundStatement::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
auto e = FxSequence::Emit(build);
// Release all local variables in this block.
for (auto l : LocalVars)
{
l->Release(build);
}
return e;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxCompoundStatement :: FindLocalVariable
//
// Looks for a variable name in any of the containing compound statements
// This does a simple linear search on each block's variables.
// The lists here normally don't get large enough to justify something more complex.
//
//==========================================================================
FxLocalVariableDeclaration *FxCompoundStatement::FindLocalVariable(FName name, FCompileContext &ctx)
{
auto block = this;
while (block != nullptr)
{
for (auto l : block->LocalVars)
{
if (l->Name == name)
{
return l;
}
}
block = block->Outer;
}
// finally check the context for function arguments
for (auto arg : ctx.FunctionArgs)
{
if (arg->Name == name)
{
return arg;
}
}
return nullptr;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxCompoundStatement :: CheckLocalVariable
//
// Checks if the current block already contains a local variable
// of the given name.
//
//==========================================================================
bool FxCompoundStatement::CheckLocalVariable(FName name)
{
for (auto l : LocalVars)
{
if (l->Name == name)
{
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxSwitchStatement
//
//==========================================================================
FxSwitchStatement::FxSwitchStatement(FxExpression *cond, FArgumentList &content, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_SwitchStatement, pos)
{
Condition = cond;
Content = std::move(content);
}
FxSwitchStatement::~FxSwitchStatement()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Condition);
}
FxExpression *FxSwitchStatement::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Condition, ctx);
if (Condition->ValueType != TypeName)
{
Condition = new FxIntCast(Condition, false);
SAFE_RESOLVE(Condition, ctx);
}
if (Content.Size() == 0)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_WARNING, "Empty switch statement");
if (Condition->isConstant())
{
return new FxNop(ScriptPosition);
}
else
{
// The condition may have a side effect so it should be processed (possible to-do: Analyze all nodes in there and delete if not.)
auto x = Condition;
Condition = nullptr;
delete this;
x->NeedResult = false;
return x;
}
}
auto outerctrl = ctx.ControlStmt;
ctx.ControlStmt = this;
for (auto &line : Content)
{
SAFE_RESOLVE(line, ctx);
line->NeedResult = false;
}
ctx.ControlStmt = outerctrl;
if (Condition->isConstant())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_WARNING, "Case expression is constant");
auto &content = Content;
int defaultindex = -1;
int defaultbreak = -1;
int caseindex = -1;
int casebreak = -1;
// look for a case label with a matching value
for (unsigned i = 0; i < content.Size(); i++)
{
if (content[i] != nullptr)
{
if (content[i]->ExprType == EFX_CaseStatement)
{
auto casestmt = static_cast<FxCaseStatement *>(content[i]);
if (casestmt->Condition == nullptr) defaultindex = i;
else if (casestmt->CaseValue == static_cast<FxConstant *>(Condition)->GetValue().GetInt()) caseindex = i;
if (casestmt->Condition && casestmt->Condition->ValueType != Condition->ValueType)
{
casestmt->Condition->ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Type mismatch in case statement");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
if (content[i]->ExprType == EFX_JumpStatement && static_cast<FxJumpStatement *>(content[i])->Token == TK_Break)
{
if (defaultindex >= 0 && defaultbreak < 0) defaultbreak = i;
if (caseindex >= 0 && casebreak < 0)
{
casebreak = i;
break; // when we find this we do not need to look any further.
}
}
}
}
if (caseindex < 0)
{
caseindex = defaultindex;
casebreak = defaultbreak;
}
if (caseindex > 0 && casebreak - caseindex > 1)
{
auto seq = new FxSequence(ScriptPosition);
for (int i = caseindex + 1; i < casebreak; i++)
{
if (content[i] != nullptr && content[i]->ExprType != EFX_CaseStatement)
{
seq->Add(content[i]);
content[i] = nullptr;
}
}
delete this;
return seq->Resolve(ctx);
}
delete this;
return new FxNop(ScriptPosition);
}
int mincase = INT_MAX;
int maxcase = INT_MIN;
for (auto line : Content)
{
if (line->ExprType == EFX_CaseStatement)
{
auto casestmt = static_cast<FxCaseStatement *>(line);
if (casestmt->Condition != nullptr)
{
CaseAddr ca = { casestmt->CaseValue, 0 };
CaseAddresses.Push(ca);
if (ca.casevalue < mincase) mincase = ca.casevalue;
if (ca.casevalue > maxcase) maxcase = ca.casevalue;
}
}
}
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxSwitchStatement::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(Condition != nullptr);
ExpEmit emit = Condition->Emit(build);
assert(emit.RegType == REGT_INT);
// todo:
// - sort jump table by value.
// - optimize the switch dispatcher to run in native code instead of executing each single branch instruction on its own.
// e.g.: build->Emit(OP_SWITCH, emit.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(CaseAddresses.Size());
for (auto &ca : CaseAddresses)
{
if (ca.casevalue >= 0 && ca.casevalue <= 0xffff)
{
build->Emit(OP_TEST, emit.RegNum, (VM_SHALF)ca.casevalue);
}
else if (ca.casevalue < 0 && ca.casevalue >= -0xffff)
{
build->Emit(OP_TESTN, emit.RegNum, (VM_SHALF)-ca.casevalue);
}
else
{
build->Emit(OP_EQ_K, 1, emit.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(ca.casevalue));
}
ca.jumpaddress = build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0);
}
size_t DefaultAddress = build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0);
bool defaultset = false;
for (auto line : Content)
{
switch (line->ExprType)
{
case EFX_CaseStatement:
if (static_cast<FxCaseStatement *>(line)->Condition != nullptr)
{
for (auto &ca : CaseAddresses)
{
if (ca.casevalue == static_cast<FxCaseStatement *>(line)->CaseValue)
{
build->BackpatchToHere(ca.jumpaddress);
break;
}
}
}
else
{
build->BackpatchToHere(DefaultAddress);
defaultset = true;
}
break;
default:
line->EmitStatement(build);
break;
}
}
for (auto addr : Breaks)
{
build->BackpatchToHere(addr->Address);
}
if (!defaultset) build->BackpatchToHere(DefaultAddress);
Content.DeleteAndClear();
Content.ShrinkToFit();
return ExpEmit();
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxSequence :: CheckReturn
//
//==========================================================================
bool FxSwitchStatement::CheckReturn()
{
bool founddefault = false;
//A switch statement returns when it contains a no breaks, a default case, and ends with a return
for (auto line : Content)
{
if (line->ExprType == EFX_JumpStatement)
{
return false; // Break means that the end of the statement will be reached, Continue cannot happen in the last statement of the last block.
}
else if (line->ExprType == EFX_CaseStatement)
{
if (static_cast<FxCaseStatement*>(line)->Condition == nullptr) founddefault = true;
}
}
return founddefault && Content.Size() > 0 && Content.Last()->CheckReturn();
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxCaseStatement
//
//==========================================================================
FxCaseStatement::FxCaseStatement(FxExpression *cond, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_CaseStatement, pos)
{
Condition = cond;
}
FxCaseStatement::~FxCaseStatement()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Condition);
}
FxExpression *FxCaseStatement::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE_OPT(Condition, ctx);
if (Condition != nullptr)
{
if (!Condition->isConstant())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Case label must be a constant value");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
// Case labels can be ints or names.
if (Condition->ValueType != TypeName)
{
Condition = new FxIntCast(Condition, false);
SAFE_RESOLVE(Condition, ctx);
CaseValue = static_cast<FxConstant *>(Condition)->GetValue().GetInt();
}
else
{
CaseValue = static_cast<FxConstant *>(Condition)->GetValue().GetName();
}
}
return this;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
// FxIfStatement
//
//==========================================================================
FxIfStatement::FxIfStatement(FxExpression *cond, FxExpression *true_part,
FxExpression *false_part, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_IfStatement, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
Condition = cond;
WhenTrue = true_part;
WhenFalse = false_part;
if (WhenTrue != nullptr) WhenTrue->NeedResult = false;
if (WhenFalse != nullptr) WhenFalse->NeedResult = false;
assert(cond != nullptr);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
FxIfStatement::~FxIfStatement()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Condition);
SAFE_DELETE(WhenTrue);
SAFE_DELETE(WhenFalse);
}
FxExpression *FxIfStatement::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
if (WhenTrue == nullptr && WhenFalse == nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{ // We don't do anything either way, so disappear
delete this;
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_WARNING, "empty if statement");
return new FxNop(ScriptPosition);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
SAFE_RESOLVE(Condition, ctx);
if (Condition->ValueType != TypeBool)
{
Condition = new FxBoolCast(Condition, false);
SAFE_RESOLVE(Condition, ctx);
}
if (WhenTrue != nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
WhenTrue = WhenTrue->Resolve(ctx);
ABORT(WhenTrue);
}
if (WhenFalse != nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
WhenFalse = WhenFalse->Resolve(ctx);
ABORT(WhenFalse);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
ValueType = TypeVoid;
if (Condition->isConstant())
{
ExpVal condval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(Condition)->GetValue();
bool result = condval.GetBool();
FxExpression *e = result ? WhenTrue : WhenFalse;
delete (result ? WhenFalse : WhenTrue);
WhenTrue = WhenFalse = nullptr;
if (e == nullptr) e = new FxNop(ScriptPosition); // create a dummy if this statement gets completely removed by optimizing out the constant parts.
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return e;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxIfStatement::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit v;
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
size_t jumpspot = ~0u;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
TArray<size_t> yes, no;
Condition->EmitCompare(build, WhenTrue == nullptr, yes, no);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (WhenTrue != nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
build->BackpatchListToHere(yes);
WhenTrue->EmitStatement(build);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (WhenFalse != nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (WhenTrue != nullptr)
{
if (!WhenTrue->CheckReturn()) jumpspot = build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0); // no need to emit a jump if the block returns.
build->BackpatchListToHere(no);
}
WhenFalse->EmitStatement(build);
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
if (jumpspot != ~0u) build->BackpatchToHere(jumpspot);
if (WhenTrue == nullptr) build->BackpatchListToHere(no);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
else
{
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
build->BackpatchListToHere(no);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return ExpEmit();
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxIfStatement :: CheckReturn
//
//==========================================================================
bool FxIfStatement::CheckReturn()
{
//An if statement returns if both branches return. Both branches must be present.
return WhenTrue != nullptr && WhenTrue->CheckReturn() &&
WhenFalse != nullptr && WhenFalse->CheckReturn();
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxLoopStatement :: Resolve
//
// saves the loop pointer in the context and sets this object as the current loop
// so that continues and breaks always resolve to the innermost loop.
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxLoopStatement::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
auto outerctrl = ctx.ControlStmt;
auto outer = ctx.Loop;
ctx.ControlStmt = this;
ctx.Loop = this;
auto x = DoResolve(ctx);
ctx.Loop = outer;
ctx.ControlStmt = outerctrl;
return x;
}
void FxLoopStatement::Backpatch(VMFunctionBuilder *build, size_t loopstart, size_t loopend)
{
// Give a proper address to any break/continue statement within this loop.
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < Jumps.Size(); i++)
{
if (Jumps[i]->Token == TK_Break)
{
build->Backpatch(Jumps[i]->Address, loopend);
}
else
{ // Continue statement.
build->Backpatch(Jumps[i]->Address, loopstart);
}
}
}
2016-07-25 04:38:02 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
// FxWhileLoop
//
//==========================================================================
FxWhileLoop::FxWhileLoop(FxExpression *condition, FxExpression *code, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxLoopStatement(EFX_WhileLoop, pos), Condition(condition), Code(code)
2016-07-25 04:38:02 +00:00
{
ValueType = TypeVoid;
}
FxWhileLoop::~FxWhileLoop()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Condition);
SAFE_DELETE(Code);
}
FxExpression *FxWhileLoop::DoResolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
2016-07-25 04:38:02 +00:00
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Condition, ctx);
SAFE_RESOLVE_OPT(Code, ctx);
if (Condition->ValueType != TypeBool)
{
Condition = new FxBoolCast(Condition);
SAFE_RESOLVE(Condition, ctx);
}
if (Condition->isConstant())
{
if (static_cast<FxConstant *>(Condition)->GetValue().GetBool() == false)
{ // Nothing happens
FxExpression *nop = new FxNop(ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return nop;
}
else if (Code == nullptr)
{ // "while (true) { }"
// Someone could be using this for testing.
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_WARNING, "Infinite empty loop");
}
}
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxWhileLoop::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(Condition->ValueType == TypeBool);
size_t loopstart, loopend;
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
TArray<size_t> yes, no;
2016-07-25 04:38:02 +00:00
// Evaluate the condition and execute/break out of the loop.
loopstart = build->GetAddress();
if (!Condition->isConstant())
{
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
Condition->EmitCompare(build, false, yes, no);
2016-07-25 04:38:02 +00:00
}
else assert(static_cast<FxConstant *>(Condition)->GetValue().GetBool() == true);
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
build->BackpatchListToHere(yes);
2016-07-25 04:38:02 +00:00
// Execute the loop's content.
if (Code != nullptr)
{
Code->EmitStatement(build);
2016-07-25 04:38:02 +00:00
}
// Loop back.
build->Backpatch(build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0), loopstart);
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
build->BackpatchListToHere(no);
2016-07-25 04:38:02 +00:00
loopend = build->GetAddress();
Backpatch(build, loopstart, loopend);
2016-07-27 15:14:54 +00:00
return ExpEmit();
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxDoWhileLoop
//
//==========================================================================
FxDoWhileLoop::FxDoWhileLoop(FxExpression *condition, FxExpression *code, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxLoopStatement(EFX_DoWhileLoop, pos), Condition(condition), Code(code)
2016-07-27 15:14:54 +00:00
{
ValueType = TypeVoid;
}
FxDoWhileLoop::~FxDoWhileLoop()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Condition);
SAFE_DELETE(Code);
}
FxExpression *FxDoWhileLoop::DoResolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
2016-07-27 15:14:54 +00:00
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Condition, ctx);
SAFE_RESOLVE_OPT(Code, ctx);
if (Condition->ValueType != TypeBool)
{
Condition = new FxBoolCast(Condition);
SAFE_RESOLVE(Condition, ctx);
}
if (Condition->isConstant())
{
if (static_cast<FxConstant *>(Condition)->GetValue().GetBool() == false)
{ // The code executes once, if any.
if (Jumps.Size() == 0)
2016-07-27 15:14:54 +00:00
{ // We would still have to handle the jumps however.
FxExpression *e = Code;
if (e == nullptr) e = new FxNop(ScriptPosition);
Code = nullptr;
delete this;
return e;
}
}
else if (Code == nullptr)
{ // "do { } while (true);"
// Someone could be using this for testing.
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_WARNING, "Infinite empty loop");
}
}
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxDoWhileLoop::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert(Condition->ValueType == TypeBool);
size_t loopstart, loopend;
size_t codestart;
// Execute the loop's content.
codestart = build->GetAddress();
if (Code != nullptr)
{
Code->EmitStatement(build);
2016-07-27 15:14:54 +00:00
}
// Evaluate the condition and execute/break out of the loop.
loopstart = build->GetAddress();
if (!Condition->isConstant())
{
2016-12-01 23:51:29 +00:00
TArray<size_t> yes, no;
Condition->EmitCompare(build, true, yes, no);
build->BackpatchList(no, codestart);
build->BackpatchListToHere(yes);
2016-07-27 15:14:54 +00:00
}
else if (static_cast<FxConstant *>(Condition)->GetValue().GetBool() == true)
{ // Always looping
build->Backpatch(build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0), codestart);
}
loopend = build->GetAddress();
Backpatch(build, loopstart, loopend);
2016-07-28 15:36:05 +00:00
return ExpEmit();
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxForLoop
//
//==========================================================================
FxForLoop::FxForLoop(FxExpression *init, FxExpression *condition, FxExpression *iteration, FxExpression *code, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxLoopStatement(EFX_ForLoop, pos), Init(init), Condition(condition), Iteration(iteration), Code(code)
2016-07-28 15:36:05 +00:00
{
ValueType = TypeVoid;
if (Iteration != nullptr) Iteration->NeedResult = false;
if (Code != nullptr) Code->NeedResult = false;
2016-07-28 15:36:05 +00:00
}
FxForLoop::~FxForLoop()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Init);
SAFE_DELETE(Condition);
SAFE_DELETE(Iteration);
SAFE_DELETE(Code);
}
FxExpression *FxForLoop::DoResolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
2016-07-28 15:36:05 +00:00
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE_OPT(Init, ctx);
SAFE_RESOLVE_OPT(Condition, ctx);
SAFE_RESOLVE_OPT(Iteration, ctx);
SAFE_RESOLVE_OPT(Code, ctx);
if (Condition != nullptr)
{
if (Condition->ValueType != TypeBool)
{
Condition = new FxBoolCast(Condition);
SAFE_RESOLVE(Condition, ctx);
}
if (Condition->isConstant())
{
if (static_cast<FxConstant *>(Condition)->GetValue().GetBool() == false)
{ // Nothing happens
FxExpression *nop = new FxNop(ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return nop;
}
else
{ // "for (..; true; ..)"
delete Condition;
Condition = nullptr;
}
}
}
if (Condition == nullptr && Code == nullptr)
{ // "for (..; ; ..) { }"
// Someone could be using this for testing.
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_WARNING, "Infinite empty loop");
}
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxForLoop::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
assert((Condition && Condition->ValueType == TypeBool && !Condition->isConstant()) || Condition == nullptr);
size_t loopstart, loopend;
size_t codestart;
2016-12-01 23:56:54 +00:00
TArray<size_t> yes, no;
2016-07-28 15:36:05 +00:00
// Init statement (only used by DECORATE. ZScript is pulling it before the loop statement and enclosing the entire loop in a compound statement so that Init can have local variables.)
2016-07-28 15:36:05 +00:00
if (Init != nullptr)
{
ExpEmit init = Init->Emit(build);
init.Free(build);
}
// Evaluate the condition and execute/break out of the loop.
codestart = build->GetAddress();
if (Condition != nullptr)
{
2016-12-01 23:56:54 +00:00
Condition->EmitCompare(build, false, yes, no);
2016-07-28 15:36:05 +00:00
}
2016-12-01 23:56:54 +00:00
build->BackpatchListToHere(yes);
2016-07-28 15:36:05 +00:00
// Execute the loop's content.
if (Code != nullptr)
{
Code->EmitStatement(build);
2016-07-28 15:36:05 +00:00
}
// Iteration statement.
loopstart = build->GetAddress();
if (Iteration != nullptr)
{
ExpEmit iter = Iteration->Emit(build);
iter.Free(build);
}
build->Backpatch(build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0), codestart);
// End of loop.
loopend = build->GetAddress();
2016-12-01 23:56:54 +00:00
build->BackpatchListToHere(no);
2016-07-28 15:36:05 +00:00
Backpatch(build, loopstart, loopend);
2016-07-25 04:38:02 +00:00
return ExpEmit();
}
//==========================================================================
//
// FxJumpStatement
//
//==========================================================================
FxJumpStatement::FxJumpStatement(int token, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_JumpStatement, pos), Token(token)
{
ValueType = TypeVoid;
}
FxExpression *FxJumpStatement::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
if (ctx.ControlStmt != nullptr)
{
if (ctx.ControlStmt == ctx.Loop || Token == TK_Continue)
{
ctx.Loop->Jumps.Push(this);
}
else
{
// break in switch.
static_cast<FxSwitchStatement*>(ctx.ControlStmt)->Breaks.Push(this);
}
return this;
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "'%s' outside of a loop", Token == TK_Break ? "break" : "continue");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
ExpEmit FxJumpStatement::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
Address = build->Emit(OP_JMP, 0);
return ExpEmit();
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//==========================================================================
FxReturnStatement::FxReturnStatement(FxExpression *value, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_ReturnStatement, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
if (value != nullptr) Args.Push(value);
ValueType = TypeVoid;
}
FxReturnStatement::FxReturnStatement(FArgumentList &values, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxExpression(EFX_ReturnStatement, pos)
{
Args = std::move(values);
ValueType = TypeVoid;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
FxReturnStatement::~FxReturnStatement()
{
}
FxExpression *FxReturnStatement::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
bool fail = false;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
CHECKRESOLVED();
for (auto &Value : Args)
{
SAFE_RESOLVE_OPT(Value, ctx);
fail |= (Value == nullptr);
}
if (fail)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
PPrototype *retproto;
if (Args.Size() == 0)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
TArray<PType *> none(0);
retproto = NewPrototype(none, none);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else if (Args.Size() == 1)
{
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
// If we already know the real return type we need at least try to cast the value to its proper type (unless in an anonymous function.)
if (ctx.ReturnProto != nullptr && ctx.ReturnProto->ReturnTypes.Size() > 0 && ctx.Function->SymbolName != NAME_None)
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
{
Args[0] = new FxTypeCast(Args[0], ctx.ReturnProto->ReturnTypes[0], false, false);
Args[0] = Args[0]->Resolve(ctx);
ABORT(Args[0]);
}
retproto = Args[0]->ReturnProto();
}
else if (ctx.ReturnProto != nullptr && ctx.ReturnProto->ReturnTypes.Size() == Args.Size())
{
for (unsigned i = 0; i < Args.Size(); i++)
{
Args[i] = new FxTypeCast(Args[i], ctx.ReturnProto->ReturnTypes[i], false, false);
Args[i] = Args[i]->Resolve(ctx);
if (Args[i] == nullptr) fail = true;
}
if (fail)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
}
return this; // no point calling CheckReturn here.
}
else
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Incorrect number of return values. Got %u, but expected %u", Args.Size(), ctx.ReturnProto->ReturnTypes.Size());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
ctx.CheckReturn(retproto, ScriptPosition);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxReturnStatement::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
TArray<ExpEmit> outs;
ExpEmit out(0, REGT_NIL);
// If there's structs to destroy here we need to emit all returns before destroying them.
if (build->ConstructedStructs.Size())
{
for (auto ret : Args)
{
ExpEmit r = ret->Emit(build);
outs.Push(r);
}
}
// call the destructors for all structs requiring one.
// go in reverse order of construction
for (int i = build->ConstructedStructs.Size() - 1; i >= 0; i--)
{
auto pstr = static_cast<PStruct*>(build->ConstructedStructs[i]->ValueType);
assert(pstr->mDestructor != nullptr);
ExpEmit reg(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_ADDA_RK, reg.RegNum, build->FramePointer.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(build->ConstructedStructs[i]->StackOffset));
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, reg.RegType, reg.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_CALL_K, build->GetConstantAddress(pstr->mDestructor, ATAG_OBJECT), 1, 0);
reg.Free(build);
}
// If we return nothing, use a regular RET opcode.
// Otherwise just return the value we're given.
if (Args.Size() == 0)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
build->Emit(OP_RET, RET_FINAL, REGT_NIL, 0);
}
else if (Args.Size() == 1)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
out = outs.Size() > 0? outs[0] : Args[0]->Emit(build);
// Check if it is a function call that simplified itself
// into a tail call in which case we don't emit anything.
if (!out.Final)
{
if (Args[0]->ValueType == TypeVoid)
{ // Nothing is returned.
build->Emit(OP_RET, RET_FINAL, REGT_NIL, 0);
}
else
{
build->Emit(OP_RET, RET_FINAL, EncodeRegType(out), out.RegNum);
}
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
for (unsigned i = 0; i < Args.Size(); i++)
{
out = outs.Size() > 0 ? outs[i] : Args[i]->Emit(build);
build->Emit(OP_RET, i < Args.Size() - 1 ? i : i+RET_FINAL, EncodeRegType(out), out.RegNum);
}
}
out.Final = true;
return out;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
VMFunction *FxReturnStatement::GetDirectFunction()
{
if (Args.Size() == 1)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
return Args[0]->GetDirectFunction();
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//==========================================================================
FxClassTypeCast::FxClassTypeCast(PClassPointer *dtype, FxExpression *x, bool explicitily)
: FxExpression(EFX_ClassTypeCast, x->ScriptPosition)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ValueType = dtype;
desttype = dtype->ClassRestriction;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
basex=x;
Explicit = explicitily;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxClassTypeCast::~FxClassTypeCast()
{
SAFE_DELETE(basex);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxClassTypeCast::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(basex, ctx);
if (basex->ValueType == TypeNullPtr)
{
basex->ValueType = ValueType;
auto x = basex;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
auto to = static_cast<PClassPointer *>(ValueType);
if (basex->ValueType->GetClass() == RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassPointer))
{
auto from = static_cast<PClassPointer *>(basex->ValueType);
if (from->ClassRestriction->IsDescendantOf(to->ClassRestriction))
{
basex->ValueType = to;
auto x = basex;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot convert from %s to %s: Incompatible class types", from->ClassRestriction->TypeName.GetChars(), to->ClassRestriction->TypeName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (basex->ValueType != TypeName && basex->ValueType != TypeString)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot convert %s to class type", basex->ValueType->DescriptiveName());
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
if (basex->isConstant())
{
FName clsname = static_cast<FxConstant *>(basex)->GetValue().GetName();
PClass *cls = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (clsname != NAME_None)
{
if (Explicit) cls = FindClassType(clsname, ctx);
else cls = PClass::FindClass(clsname);
if (cls == nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
/* lax */
// Since this happens in released WADs it must pass without a terminal error... :(
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_OPTERROR,
"Unknown class name '%s' of type '%s'",
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
clsname.GetChars(), desttype->TypeName.GetChars());
}
else
{
if (!cls->IsDescendantOf(desttype))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_OPTERROR, "class '%s' is not compatible with '%s'", clsname.GetChars(), desttype->TypeName.GetChars());
cls = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_DEBUGLOG, "resolving '%s' as class name", clsname.GetChars());
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(cls, to, ScriptPosition);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
if (basex->ValueType == TypeString)
{
basex = new FxNameCast(basex);
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return this;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
int BuiltinNameToClass(VMValue *param, TArray<VMValue> &defaultparam, int numparam, VMReturn *ret, int numret)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
assert(numparam == 2);
assert(numret == 1);
assert(param[0].Type == REGT_INT);
assert(param[1].Type == REGT_POINTER);
assert(ret->RegType == REGT_POINTER);
FName clsname = ENamedName(param[0].i);
if (clsname != NAME_None)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
const PClass *cls = PClass::FindClass(clsname);
const PClass *desttype = reinterpret_cast<PClass *>(param[1].a);
if (!cls->IsDescendantOf(desttype))
{
// Let the caller check this. Making this an error with a message is only taking away options from the user.
cls = nullptr;
}
ret->SetPointer(const_cast<PClass *>(cls), ATAG_OBJECT);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else ret->SetPointer(nullptr, ATAG_OBJECT);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
return 1;
}
ExpEmit FxClassTypeCast::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
if (basex->ValueType != TypeName)
{
return ExpEmit(build->GetConstantAddress(nullptr, ATAG_OBJECT), REGT_POINTER, true);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
ExpEmit clsname = basex->Emit(build);
assert(!clsname.Konst);
ExpEmit dest(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, clsname.RegType, clsname.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, REGT_POINTER | REGT_KONST, build->GetConstantAddress(const_cast<PClass *>(desttype), ATAG_OBJECT));
// Call the BuiltinNameToClass function to convert from 'name' to class.
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
VMFunction *callfunc;
PSymbol *sym = FindBuiltinFunction(NAME_BuiltinNameToClass, BuiltinNameToClass);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
assert(sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolVMFunction)));
assert(((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function != nullptr);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
callfunc = ((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function;
build->Emit(OP_CALL_K, build->GetConstantAddress(callfunc, ATAG_OBJECT), 2, 1);
build->Emit(OP_RESULT, 0, REGT_POINTER, dest.RegNum);
clsname.Free(build);
return dest;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//==========================================================================
FxClassPtrCast::FxClassPtrCast(PClass *dtype, FxExpression *x)
: FxExpression(EFX_ClassPtrCast, x->ScriptPosition)
{
ValueType = NewClassPointer(dtype);
desttype = dtype;
basex = x;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxClassPtrCast::~FxClassPtrCast()
{
SAFE_DELETE(basex);
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxClassPtrCast::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(basex, ctx);
if (basex->ValueType == TypeNullPtr)
{
basex->ValueType = ValueType;
auto x = basex;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
auto to = static_cast<PClassPointer *>(ValueType);
if (basex->ValueType->GetClass() == RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassPointer))
{
auto from = static_cast<PClassPointer *>(basex->ValueType);
// Downcast is always ok.
if (from->ClassRestriction->IsDescendantOf(to->ClassRestriction))
{
basex->ValueType = to;
auto x = basex;
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x;
}
// Upcast needs a runtime check.
else if (to->ClassRestriction->IsDescendantOf(from->ClassRestriction))
{
return this;
}
}
else if (basex->ValueType == TypeString || basex->ValueType == TypeName)
{
FxExpression *x = new FxClassTypeCast(to, basex, true);
basex = nullptr;
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
// Everything else is an error.
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot cast %s to %s. The types are incompatible.", basex->ValueType->DescriptiveName(), to->DescriptiveName());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
int BuiltinClassCast(VMValue *param, TArray<VMValue> &defaultparam, int numparam, VMReturn *ret, int numret)
{
PARAM_PROLOGUE;
PARAM_CLASS(from, DObject);
PARAM_CLASS(to, DObject);
ACTION_RETURN_OBJECT(from && to && from->IsDescendantOf(to) ? from : nullptr);
}
ExpEmit FxClassPtrCast::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
ExpEmit clsname = basex->Emit(build);
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, clsname.RegType, clsname.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, REGT_POINTER | REGT_KONST, build->GetConstantAddress(desttype, ATAG_OBJECT));
VMFunction *callfunc;
PSymbol *sym = FindBuiltinFunction(NAME_BuiltinClassCast, BuiltinClassCast);
assert(sym->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PSymbolVMFunction)));
assert(((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function != nullptr);
callfunc = ((PSymbolVMFunction *)sym)->Function;
clsname.Free(build);
ExpEmit dest(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_CALL_K, build->GetConstantAddress(callfunc, ATAG_OBJECT), 2, 1);
build->Emit(OP_RESULT, 0, REGT_POINTER, dest.RegNum);
return dest;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
// Symbolic state labels.
// Conversion will not happen inside the compiler anymore because it causes
// just too many problems.
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxStateByIndex::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
ABORT(ctx.Class);
auto aclass = dyn_cast<PClassActor>(ctx.Class);
// This expression type can only be used from actors, for everything else it has already produced a compile error.
assert(aclass != nullptr && aclass->NumOwnedStates > 0);
if (aclass->NumOwnedStates <= index)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "%s: Attempt to jump to non existing state index %d",
ctx.Class->TypeName.GetChars(), index);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
int symlabel = StateLabels.AddPointer(aclass->OwnedStates + index);
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(symlabel, ScriptPosition);
x->ValueType = TypeStateLabel;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return x;
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxRuntimeStateIndex::FxRuntimeStateIndex(FxExpression *index)
: FxExpression(EFX_RuntimeStateIndex, index->ScriptPosition), Index(index)
{
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
ValueType = TypeStateLabel;
}
FxRuntimeStateIndex::~FxRuntimeStateIndex()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Index);
}
FxExpression *FxRuntimeStateIndex::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
SAFE_RESOLVE(Index, ctx);
if (!Index->IsNumeric())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Numeric type expected");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
else if (Index->isConstant())
{
int index = static_cast<FxConstant *>(Index)->GetValue().GetInt();
if (index < 0 || (index == 0 && !ctx.FromDecorate))
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "State index must be positive");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
else if (index == 0)
{
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
int symlabel = StateLabels.AddPointer(nullptr);
auto x = new FxConstant(symlabel, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
x->ValueType = TypeStateLabel;
return x;
}
else
{
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
auto x = new FxStateByIndex(ctx.StateIndex + index, ScriptPosition);
delete this;
return x->Resolve(ctx);
}
}
else if (Index->ValueType->GetRegType() != REGT_INT)
{ // Float.
Index = new FxIntCast(Index, ctx.FromDecorate);
SAFE_RESOLVE(Index, ctx);
}
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
auto aclass = dyn_cast<PClassActor>(ctx.Class);
assert(aclass != nullptr && aclass->NumOwnedStates > 0);
symlabel = StateLabels.AddPointer(aclass->OwnedStates + ctx.StateIndex);
ValueType = TypeStateLabel;
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxRuntimeStateIndex::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
ExpEmit out = Index->Emit(build);
// out = (clamp(Index, 0, 32767) << 16) | symlabel | 0x80000000; 0x80000000 is here to make it negative.
build->Emit(OP_MAX_RK, out.RegNum, out.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(0));
build->Emit(OP_MIN_RK, out.RegNum, out.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(32767));
build->Emit(OP_SLL_RI, out.RegNum, out.RegNum, 16);
build->Emit(OP_OR_RK, out.RegNum, out.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(symlabel|0x80000000));
return out;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxMultiNameState::FxMultiNameState(const char *_statestring, const FScriptPosition &pos)
:FxExpression(EFX_MultiNameState, pos)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
FName scopename;
FString statestring = _statestring;
int scopeindex = statestring.IndexOf("::");
if (scopeindex >= 0)
{
scopename = FName(statestring, scopeindex, false);
statestring = statestring.Right(statestring.Len() - scopeindex - 2);
}
else
{
scopename = NAME_None;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
names = MakeStateNameList(statestring);
names.Insert(0, scopename);
scope = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
//
//
//==========================================================================
FxExpression *FxMultiNameState::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
ABORT(ctx.Class);
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
int symlabel;
auto clstype = dyn_cast<PClassActor>(ctx.Class);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
if (names[0] == NAME_None)
{
scope = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else if (clstype == nullptr)
{
// not in an actor, so any further checks are pointless.
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "'%s' is not an ancestor of '%s'", names[0].GetChars(), ctx.Class->TypeName.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
else if (names[0] == NAME_Super)
{
scope = dyn_cast<PClassActor>(clstype->ParentClass);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
scope = PClass::FindActor(names[0]);
if (scope == nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Unknown class '%s' in state label", names[0].GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else if (!scope->IsAncestorOf(clstype))
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "'%s' is not an ancestor of '%s'", names[0].GetChars(), ctx.Class->TypeName.GetChars());
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
delete this;
return nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
}
if (scope != nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
FState *destination = nullptr;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
// If the label is class specific we can resolve it right here
if (names[1] != NAME_None)
{
destination = scope->FindState(names.Size()-1, &names[1], false);
if (destination == nullptr)
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_OPTERROR, "Unknown state jump destination");
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
/* lax */
return this;
}
}
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
symlabel = StateLabels.AddPointer(destination);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
else
{
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
names.Delete(0);
symlabel = StateLabels.AddNames(names);
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
- fixed: State labels were resolved in the calling function's context instead of the called function one's. This could cause problems with functions that take states as parameters but use them to set them internally instead of passing them through the A_Jump interface back to the caller, like A_Chase or A_LookEx. This required some quite significant refactoring because the entire state resolution logic had been baked into the compiler which turned out to be a major maintenance problem. Fixed this by adding a new builtin type 'statelabel'. This is an opaque identifier representing a state, with the actual data either directly encoded into the number for single label state or an index into a state information table. The state resolution is now the task of the called function as it should always have remained. Note, that this required giving back the 'action' qualifier to most state jumping functions. - refactored most A_Jump checkers to a two stage setup with a pure checker that returns a boolean and a scripted A_Jump wrapper, for some simpler checks the checker function was entirely omitted and calculated inline in the A_Jump function. It is strongly recommended to use the boolean checkers unless using an inline function invocation in a state as they lead to vastly clearer code and offer more flexibility. - let Min() and Max() use the OP_MIN and OP_MAX opcodes. Although these were present, these function were implemented using some grossly inefficient branching tests. - the DECORATE 'state' cast kludge will now actually call ResolveState because a state label is not a state and needs conversion.
2016-11-14 13:12:27 +00:00
FxExpression *x = new FxConstant(symlabel, ScriptPosition);
x->ValueType = TypeStateLabel;
delete this;
return x;
2016-03-01 15:47:10 +00:00
}
//==========================================================================
//
// declares a single local variable (no arrays)
//
//==========================================================================
FxLocalVariableDeclaration::FxLocalVariableDeclaration(PType *type, FName name, FxExpression *initval, int varflags, const FScriptPosition &p)
:FxExpression(EFX_LocalVariableDeclaration, p)
{
ValueType = type;
VarFlags = varflags;
Name = name;
RegCount = type == TypeVector2 ? 2 : type == TypeVector3 ? 3 : 1;
Init = initval;
}
FxLocalVariableDeclaration::~FxLocalVariableDeclaration()
{
SAFE_DELETE(Init);
}
FxExpression *FxLocalVariableDeclaration::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
CHECKRESOLVED();
if (ctx.Block == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Variable declaration outside compound statement");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (ValueType->RegType == REGT_NIL && ValueType != TypeAuto)
{
auto sfunc = static_cast<VMScriptFunction *>(ctx.Function->Variants[0].Implementation);
StackOffset = sfunc->AllocExtraStack(ValueType);
// Todo: Process the compound initializer once implemented.
if (Init != nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot initialize non-scalar variable %s here", Name.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
else if (ValueType !=TypeAuto)
{
if (Init) Init = new FxTypeCast(Init, ValueType, false);
SAFE_RESOLVE_OPT(Init, ctx);
}
else
{
if (Init == nullptr)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Automatic type deduction requires an initializer for variable %s", Name.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
SAFE_RESOLVE_OPT(Init, ctx);
if (Init->ValueType->RegType == REGT_NIL)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Cannot initialize non-scalar variable %s here", Name.GetChars());
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
ValueType = Init->ValueType;
// check for undersized ints and floats. These are not allowed as local variables.
if (IsInteger() && ValueType->Align < sizeof(int)) ValueType = TypeSInt32;
else if (IsFloat() && ValueType->Align < sizeof(double)) ValueType = TypeFloat64;
}
if (Name != NAME_None)
{
for (auto l : ctx.Block->LocalVars)
{
if (l->Name == Name)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Local variable %s already defined", Name.GetChars());
l->ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Original definition is here ");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
}
}
ctx.Block->LocalVars.Push(this);
return this;
}
void FxLocalVariableDeclaration::SetReg(ExpEmit emit)
{
assert(ValueType->GetRegType() == emit.RegType && ValueType->GetRegCount() == emit.RegCount);
RegNum = emit.RegNum;
}
ExpEmit FxLocalVariableDeclaration::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
if (ValueType->RegType != REGT_NIL)
{
if (Init == nullptr)
{
if (RegNum == -1)
{
if (!(VarFlags & VARF_Out)) RegNum = build->Registers[ValueType->GetRegType()].Get(RegCount);
else RegNum = build->Registers[REGT_POINTER].Get(1);
}
}
else
{
assert(!(VarFlags & VARF_Out)); // 'out' variables should never be initialized, they can only exist as function parameters.
ExpEmit emitval = Init->Emit(build);
int regtype = emitval.RegType;
if (regtype < REGT_INT || regtype > REGT_TYPE)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Attempted to assign a non-value");
return ExpEmit();
}
if (emitval.Konst)
{
auto constval = static_cast<FxConstant *>(Init);
RegNum = build->Registers[regtype].Get(1);
switch (regtype)
{
default:
case REGT_INT:
build->Emit(OP_LK, RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(constval->GetValue().GetInt()));
break;
case REGT_FLOAT:
build->Emit(OP_LKF, RegNum, build->GetConstantFloat(constval->GetValue().GetFloat()));
break;
case REGT_POINTER:
{
bool isobject = ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClassPointer)) || (ValueType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PPointer)) && static_cast<PPointer*>(ValueType)->PointedType->IsKindOf(RUNTIME_CLASS(PClass)));
build->Emit(OP_LKP, RegNum, build->GetConstantAddress(constval->GetValue().GetPointer(), isobject ? ATAG_OBJECT : ATAG_GENERIC));
break;
}
case REGT_STRING:
build->Emit(OP_LKS, RegNum, build->GetConstantString(constval->GetValue().GetString()));
}
emitval.Free(build);
}
else if (!emitval.Fixed)
{
// take over the register that got allocated while emitting the Init expression.
RegNum = emitval.RegNum;
}
else
{
ExpEmit out(build, emitval.RegType, emitval.RegCount);
build->Emit(ValueType->GetMoveOp(), out.RegNum, emitval.RegNum);
RegNum = out.RegNum;
}
}
}
else
{
// Init arrays and structs.
if (ValueType->IsA(RUNTIME_CLASS(PStruct)))
{
auto pstr = static_cast<PStruct*>(ValueType);
if (pstr->mConstructor != nullptr)
{
ExpEmit reg(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_ADDA_RK, reg.RegNum, build->FramePointer.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(StackOffset));
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, reg.RegType, reg.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_CALL_K, build->GetConstantAddress(pstr->mConstructor, ATAG_OBJECT), 1, 0);
reg.Free(build);
}
if (pstr->mDestructor != nullptr) build->ConstructedStructs.Push(this);
}
}
return ExpEmit();
}
void FxLocalVariableDeclaration::Release(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
// Release the register after the containing block gets closed
if(RegNum != -1)
{
build->Registers[ValueType->GetRegType()].Return(RegNum, RegCount);
}
else
{
if (ValueType->IsA(RUNTIME_CLASS(PStruct)))
{
auto pstr = static_cast<PStruct*>(ValueType);
if (pstr->mDestructor != nullptr)
{
ExpEmit reg(build, REGT_POINTER);
build->Emit(OP_ADDA_RK, reg.RegNum, build->FramePointer.RegNum, build->GetConstantInt(StackOffset));
build->Emit(OP_PARAM, 0, reg.RegType, reg.RegNum);
build->Emit(OP_CALL_K, build->GetConstantAddress(pstr->mDestructor, ATAG_OBJECT), 1, 0);
reg.Free(build);
}
build->ConstructedStructs.Delete(build->ConstructedStructs.Find(this));
}
}
// Stack space will not be released because that would make controlled destruction impossible.
// For that all local stack variables need to live for the entire execution of a function.
}
FxStaticArray::FxStaticArray(PType *type, FName name, FArgumentList &args, const FScriptPosition &pos)
: FxLocalVariableDeclaration(NewArray(type, args.Size()), name, nullptr, VARF_Static|VARF_ReadOnly, pos)
{
ElementType = type;
ExprType = EFX_StaticArray;
values = std::move(args);
}
FxExpression *FxStaticArray::Resolve(FCompileContext &ctx)
{
bool fail = false;
for (unsigned i = 0; i < values.Size(); i++)
{
values[i] = new FxTypeCast(values[i], ElementType, false);
values[i] = values[i]->Resolve(ctx);
if (values[i] == nullptr) fail = true;
else if (!values[i]->isConstant())
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Initializer must be constant");
fail = true;
}
}
if (fail)
{
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
if (ElementType->GetRegType() == REGT_NIL)
{
ScriptPosition.Message(MSG_ERROR, "Invalid type for constant array");
delete this;
return nullptr;
}
ctx.Block->LocalVars.Push(this);
return this;
}
ExpEmit FxStaticArray::Emit(VMFunctionBuilder *build)
{
switch (ElementType->GetRegType())
{
default:
assert(false && "Invalid register type");
break;
case REGT_INT:
{
TArray<int> cvalues;
for (auto v : values) cvalues.Push(static_cast<FxConstant *>(v)->GetValue().GetInt());
StackOffset = build->AllocConstantsInt(cvalues.Size(), &cvalues[0]);
break;
}
case REGT_FLOAT:
{
TArray<double> cvalues;
for (auto v : values) cvalues.Push(static_cast<FxConstant *>(v)->GetValue().GetFloat());
StackOffset = build->AllocConstantsFloat(cvalues.Size(), &cvalues[0]);
break;
}
case REGT_STRING:
{
TArray<FString> cvalues;
for (auto v : values) cvalues.Push(static_cast<FxConstant *>(v)->GetValue().GetString());
StackOffset = build->AllocConstantsString(cvalues.Size(), &cvalues[0]);
break;
}
case REGT_POINTER:
{
TArray<void*> cvalues;
for (auto v : values) cvalues.Push(static_cast<FxConstant *>(v)->GetValue().GetPointer());
StackOffset = build->AllocConstantsAddress(cvalues.Size(), &cvalues[0], ElementType->GetLoadOp() == OP_LO ? ATAG_OBJECT : ATAG_GENERIC);
break;
}
}
return ExpEmit();
}